magnum88/UHSDR
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

first commit

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
magnum88
2022-08-24 08:41:00 +02:00
commit 5765dbd675
2497 changed files with 2244854 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal.c
+995
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,995 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief HAL module driver.
* This is the common part of the HAL initialization
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
[..]
The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
(+) Common HAL APIs
(+) Services HAL APIs
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL HAL
* @brief HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief STM32H7xx HAL Driver version number V1.2.0
*/
#define __STM32H7xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */
#define __STM32H7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x02) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
#define __STM32H7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x00) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
#define __STM32H7xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
#define __STM32H7xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32H7xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
|(__STM32H7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
|(__STM32H7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\
|(__STM32H7xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF)
#define VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE (uint32_t)10 /* 10 ms */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
static __IO uint32_t uwTick;
static uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid PRIO */
static HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Functions HAL Private Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initializes the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial clock
configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed
and the backup domain when enabled.
(+) De-Initializes common part of the HAL.
(+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
Tick interrupt priority.
(++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
handled in milliseconds basis.
(++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
(++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
ISR process will be blocked.
(++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first
* instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other
* HAL function), it performs the following:
* Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond,
* which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet
* configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz).
* Set NVIC Group Priority to 4.
* Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file
* "stm32h7xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization
*
* @note SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application
* need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond
* to have correct HAL operation.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
{
/* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
/* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
if(HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY) != HAL_OK)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick.
* This function is optional.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
{
/* Reset of all peripherals */
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB4_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB4_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB3_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB3_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB1L_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB1L_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB1H_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB1H_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB4_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB4_RELEASE_RESET();
/* De-Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspDeInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief This function configures the source of the time base.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
* Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
* The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
* than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
* The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementation in user file.
* @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
/* Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / uwTickFreq)) > 0U)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Group2 HAL Control functions
* @brief HAL Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
(+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
(+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
(+) Resume the time base source interrupt
(+) Get the HAL API driver version
(+) Get the device identifier
(+) Get the device revision identifier
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
* used as application time base.
* @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
* in Systick ISR.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
{
uwTick += (uint32_t)uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval tick value
*/
__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
{
return uwTick;
}
/**
* @brief This function returns a tick priority.
* @retval tick priority
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
{
return uwTickPrio;
}
/**
* @brief Set new tick Freq.
* @retval Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq));
if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
{
uwTickFreq = Freq;
/* Apply the new tick Freq */
status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return tick frequency.
* @retval tick period in Hz
*/
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
{
return uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based
* on variable incremented.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
* is incremented.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
{
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
uint32_t wait = Delay;
/* Add a freq to guarantee minimum wait */
if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq);
}
while ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
{
}
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
* is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
* is suspended.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
* is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
* is resumed.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the HAL revision
* @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
{
return __STM32H7xx_HAL_VERSION;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
* @retval Device revision identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
{
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device identifier.
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
{
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer voltage scale.
* @param VoltageScaling specifies the output voltage to achieve
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE0: VREF_OUT1 around 2.048 V.
* This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.4 V.
* @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: VREF_OUT2 around 2.5 V.
* This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.8 V.
* @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: VREF_OUT3 around 1.5 V.
* This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 1.8 V.
* @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: VREF_OUT4 around 1.8 V.
* This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.1 V.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE(VoltageScaling));
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRS, VoltageScaling);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer high impedance mode.
* @param Mode specifies the high impedance mode
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_DISABLE: VREF+ pin is internally connect to VREFINT output.
* @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_ENABLE: VREF+ pin is high impedance.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HighImpedanceConfig(uint32_t Mode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE(Mode));
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_HIZ, Mode);
}
/**
* @brief Tune the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TrimmingConfig(uint32_t TrimmingValue)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TRIMMING(TrimmingValue));
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CCR, VREFBUF_CCR_TRIM, TrimmingValue);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
* @retval HAL_OK/HAL_TIMEOUT
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFBUF(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
SET_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for VRR bit */
while(READ_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRR) == RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFBUF(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
}
/**
* @brief Ethernet PHY Interface Selection either MII or RMII
* @param SYSCFG_ETHInterface: Selects the Ethernet PHY interface
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSCFG_ETH_MII : Select the Media Independent Interface
* @arg SYSCFG_ETH_RMII: Select the Reduced Media Independent Interface
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_ETHInterfaceSelect(uint32_t SYSCFG_ETHInterface)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_ETHERNET_CONFIG(SYSCFG_ETHInterface));
MODIFY_REG(SYSCFG->PMCR, SYCFG_PMCR_EPIS_SEL, (uint32_t)(SYSCFG_ETHInterface));
}
/**
* @brief Analog Switch control for dual analog pads.
* @param SYSCFG_AnalogSwitch: Selects the analog pad
* This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
* @arg SYSCFG_SWITCH_PA0 : Select PA0 analog switch
* @arg SYSCFG_SWITCH_PA1: Select PA1 analog switch
* @arg SYSCFG_SWITCH_PC2 : Select PC2 analog switch
* @arg SYSCFG_SWITCH_PC3: Select PC3 analog switch
* @param SYSCFG_SwitchState: Open or Close the analog switch between dual pads (PXn and PXn_C)
* This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
* @arg SYSCFG_SWITCH_PA0_OPEN
* @arg SYSCFG_SWITCH_PA0_CLOSE
* @arg SYSCFG_SWITCH_PA1_OPEN
* @arg SYSCFG_SWITCH_PA1_CLOSE
* @arg SYSCFG_SWITCH_PC2_OPEN
* @arg SYSCFG_SWITCH_PC2_CLOSE
* @arg SYSCFG_SWITCH_PC3_OPEN
* @arg SYSCFG_SWITCH_PC3_CLOSE
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_AnalogSwitchConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_AnalogSwitch , uint32_t SYSCFG_SwitchState )
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_ANALOG_SWITCH(SYSCFG_AnalogSwitch));
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_SWITCH_STATE(SYSCFG_SwitchState));
MODIFY_REG(SYSCFG->PMCR, (uint32_t) SYSCFG_AnalogSwitch, (uint32_t)(SYSCFG_SwitchState));
}
/**
* @brief Enables the booster to reduce the total harmonic distortion of the analog
* switch when the supply voltage is lower than 2.7 V.
* @note Activating the booster allows to guaranty the analog switch AC performance
* when the supply voltage is below 2.7 V: in this case, the analog switch
* performance is the same on the full voltage range
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableBOOST(void)
{
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->PMCR, SYSCFG_PMCR_BOOSTEN) ;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the booster
* @note Activating the booster allows to guaranty the analog switch AC performance
* when the supply voltage is below 2.7 V: in this case, the analog switch
* performance is the same on the full voltage range
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableBOOST(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->PMCR, SYSCFG_PMCR_BOOSTEN) ;
}
/**
* @brief BootCM7 address 0 configuration
* @param BootRegister :Specifies the Boot Address register (Address0 or Address1)
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSCFG_BOOT_ADDR0 : Select the boot address0
* @arg SYSCFG_BOOT_ADDR1: Select the boot address1
* @param BootAddress :Specifies the CM7 Boot Address to be loaded in Address0 or Address1
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_CM7BootAddConfig(uint32_t BootRegister, uint32_t BootAddress)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_BOOT_REGISTER(BootRegister));
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_BOOT_ADDRESS(BootAddress));
if ( BootRegister == SYSCFG_BOOT_ADDR0 )
{
/* Configure CM7 BOOT ADD0 */
MODIFY_REG(SYSCFG->UR2, SYSCFG_UR2_BOOT_ADD0, ((BootAddress >> 16) << POSITION_VAL(SYSCFG_UR2_BOOT_ADD0)));
}
else
{
/* Configure CM7 BOOT ADD1 */
MODIFY_REG(SYSCFG->UR3, SYSCFG_UR3_BOOT_ADD1, (BootAddress >> 16));
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables the I/O Compensation Cell.
* @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
* voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EnableCompensationCell(void)
{
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CCCSR, SYSCFG_CCCSR_EN) ;
}
/**
* @brief Power-down the I/O Compensation Cell.
* @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
* voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DisableCompensationCell(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CCCSR, SYSCFG_CCCSR_EN) ;
}
/**
* @brief To Enable optimize the I/O speed when the product voltage is low.
* @note This bit is active only if PRODUCT_BELOW_25V user option bit is set. It must be
* used only if the product supply voltage is below 2.5 V. Setting this bit when VDD is
* higher than 2.5 V might be destructive.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableIOSpeedOptimize(void)
{
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CCCSR, SYSCFG_CCCSR_HSLV) ;
}
/**
* @brief To Disable optimize the I/O speed when the product voltage is low.
* @note This bit is active only if PRODUCT_BELOW_25V user option bit is set. It must be
* used only if the product supply voltage is below 2.5 V. Setting this bit when VDD is
* higher than 2.5 V might be destructive.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableIOSpeedOptimize(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CCCSR, SYSCFG_CCCSR_HSLV) ;
}
/**
* @brief Code selection for the I/O Compensation cell
* @param SYSCFG_CompCode: Selects the code to be applied for the I/O compensation cell
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSCFG_CELL_CODE : Select Code from the cell (available in the SYSCFG_CCVR)
* @arg SYSCFG_REGISTER_CODE: Select Code from the SYSCFG compensation cell code register (SYSCFG_CCCR)
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_CompensationCodeSelect(uint32_t SYSCFG_CompCode)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_CODE_SELECT(SYSCFG_CompCode));
MODIFY_REG(SYSCFG->CCCSR, SYSCFG_CCCSR_CS, (uint32_t)(SYSCFG_CompCode));
}
/**
* @brief Code selection for the I/O Compensation cell
* @param SYSCFG_PMOSCode: PMOS compensation code
* This code is applied to the I/O compensation cell when the CS bit of the
* SYSCFG_CMPCR is set
* @param SYSCFG_NMOSCode: NMOS compensation code
* This code is applied to the I/O compensation cell when the CS bit of the
* SYSCFG_CMPCR is set
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_CompensationCodeConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_PMOSCode, uint32_t SYSCFG_NMOSCode )
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_CODE_CONFIG(SYSCFG_PMOSCode));
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_CODE_CONFIG(SYSCFG_NMOSCode));
MODIFY_REG(SYSCFG->CCCR, SYSCFG_CCCR_NCC|SYSCFG_CCCR_PCC, (((uint32_t)(SYSCFG_PMOSCode)<< 4)|(uint32_t)(SYSCFG_NMOSCode)) );
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during Domain1 SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEPD1);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during Domain1 SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEPD1);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during Domain1 STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOPD1);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during Domain1 STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOPD1);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during Domain1 STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBYD1);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during Domain1 STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBYD1);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during Domain3 STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EnableDomain3DBGStopMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOPD3);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during Domain3 STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DisableDomain3DBGStopMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOPD3);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during Domain3 STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EnableDomain3DBGStandbyMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBYD3);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during Domain3 STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DisableDomain3DBGStandbyMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBYD3);
}
/**
* @brief Set the FMC Memory Mapping Swapping config.
* @param BankMapConfig: Defines the FMC Bank mapping configuration. This parameter can be
FMC_SWAPBMAP_DISABLE, FMC_SWAPBMAP_SDRAM_SRAM, FMC_SWAPBMAP_SDRAMB2
* @retval HAL state
*/
void HAL_SetFMCMemorySwappingConfig(uint32_t BankMapConfig)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_FMC_SWAPBMAP_MODE(BankMapConfig));
MODIFY_REG(FMC_Bank1->BTCR[0], FMC_BCR1_BMAP, BankMapConfig);
}
/**
* @brief Get FMC Bank mapping mode.
* @retval The FMC Bank mapping mode. This parameter can be
FMC_SWAPBMAP_DISABLE, FMC_SWAPBMAP_SDRAM_SRAM, FMC_SWAPBMAP_SDRAMB2
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetFMCMemorySwappingConfig(void)
{
return READ_BIT(FMC_Bank1->BTCR[0], FMC_BCR1_BMAP);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the EXTI input event line edge
* @note No edge configuration for direct lines but for configurable lines:(EXTI_LINE0..EXTI_LINE21),
* EXTI_LINE49,EXTI_LINE51,EXTI_LINE82,EXTI_LINE84,EXTI_LINE85 and EXTI_LINE86.
* @param EXTI_Line: Specifies the EXTI LINE, it can be one of the following values,
* (EXTI_LINE0....EXTI_LINE88)excluding :line45, line81,line83 which are reserved
* @param EXTI_Edge: Specifies EXTI line Edge used.
* This parameter can be one of the following values :
* @arg EXTI_RISING_EDGE : Configurable line, with Rising edge trigger detection
* @arg EXTI_FALLING_EDGE: Configurable line, with Falling edge trigger detection
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EXTI_EdgeConfig(uint32_t EXTI_Line , uint32_t EXTI_Edge )
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(EXTI_Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_EDGE_LINE(EXTI_Edge));
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
CLEAR_BIT(*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->FTSR1)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x20)), (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)));
CLEAR_BIT( *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->RTSR1)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x20)), (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)));
if( (EXTI_Edge & EXTI_RISING_EDGE) == EXTI_RISING_EDGE)
{
SET_BIT( *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->RTSR1)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x20)), (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)));
}
if( (EXTI_Edge & EXTI_FALLING_EDGE) == EXTI_FALLING_EDGE)
{
SET_BIT(*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->FTSR1)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x20)), (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)));
}
}
/**
* @brief Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line.
* @param EXTI_Line: Specifies the EXTI LINE, it can be one of the following values,
* (EXTI_LINE0..EXTI_LINE21),EXTI_LINE49,EXTI_LINE51,EXTI_LINE82,EXTI_LINE84,EXTI_LINE85 and EXTI_LINE86.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(EXTI_Line));
SET_BIT(*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->SWIER1)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x20)), (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)));
}
/**
* @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending flags for Domain D1
* @param EXTI_Line: Specifies the EXTI LINE, it can be one of the following values,
* (EXTI_LINE0....EXTI_LINE88)excluding :line45, line81,line83 which are reserved
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EXTI_D1_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_D1_LINE(EXTI_Line));
SET_BIT(*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI_D1->PR1)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x10)), (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)));
}
/**
* @brief Configure the EXTI input event line for Domain D1
* @param EXTI_Line: Specifies the EXTI LINE, it can be one of the following values,
* (EXTI_LINE0....EXTI_LINE88)excluding :line45, line81,line83 which are reserved
* @param EXTI_Mode: Specifies which EXTI line is used as interrupt or an event.
* This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values :
* @arg EXTI_MODE_IT : Interrupt Mode selected
* @arg EXTI_MODE_EVT : Event Mode selected
* @param EXTI_LineCmd controls (Enable/Disable) the EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EXTI_D1_EventInputConfig(uint32_t EXTI_Line , uint32_t EXTI_Mode, uint32_t EXTI_LineCmd )
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_D1_LINE(EXTI_Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE_LINE(EXTI_Mode));
if( (EXTI_Mode & EXTI_MODE_IT) == EXTI_MODE_IT)
{
if( EXTI_LineCmd == DISABLE)
{
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
CLEAR_BIT(*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI_D1->IMR1)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x10)),(uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)) );
}
else
{
SET_BIT(*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI_D1->IMR1)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x10)), (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)));
}
}
if( (EXTI_Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVT) == EXTI_MODE_EVT)
{
if( EXTI_LineCmd == DISABLE)
{
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
CLEAR_BIT( *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI_D1->EMR1)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x10)), (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)));
}
else
{
SET_BIT( *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI_D1->EMR1)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x10)), (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)));
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure the EXTI input event line for Domain D3
* @param EXTI_Line: Specifies the EXTI LINE, it can be one of the following values,
* (EXTI_LINE0...EXTI_LINE15),(EXTI_LINE19...EXTI_LINE21),EXTI_LINE25, EXTI_LINE34,
* EXTI_LINE35,EXTI_LINE41,(EXTI_LINE48...EXTI_LINE53),EXTI_LINE88
* @param EXTI_LineCmd controls (Enable/Disable) the EXTI line.
* @param EXTI_ClearSrc: Specifies the clear source of D3 pending event.
* This parameter can be one of the following values :
* @arg BDMA_CH6_CLEAR : BDMA ch6 event selected as D3 domain pendclear source
* @arg BDMA_CH7_CLEAR : BDMA ch7 event selected as D3 domain pendclear source
* @arg LPTIM4_OUT_CLEAR : LPTIM4 out selected as D3 domain pendclear source
* @arg LPTIM5_OUT_CLEAR : LPTIM5 out selected as D3 domain pendclear source
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EXTI_D3_EventInputConfig(uint32_t EXTI_Line, uint32_t EXTI_LineCmd , uint32_t EXTI_ClearSrc )
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_D3_LINE(EXTI_Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_D3_CLEAR(EXTI_ClearSrc));
if( EXTI_LineCmd == DISABLE)
{
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
CLEAR_BIT(*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->D3PMR1)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x20)),(uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)) );
}
else
{
SET_BIT(*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->D3PMR1)) +((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x20)), (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)));
}
if ( (EXTI_Line>>4)%2 ==0)
{
MODIFY_REG(*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->D3PCR1L)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x20)), \
(uint32_t)(3 << ((EXTI_Line*2) & 0x1F)), (uint32_t)(EXTI_ClearSrc << ((EXTI_Line*2) & 0x1F))) ;
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->D3PCR1H)) + ((EXTI_Line >> 5 ) * 0x20)), \
(uint32_t)(3 << ((EXTI_Line*2) & 0x1F)), (uint32_t)(EXTI_ClearSrc << ((EXTI_Line*2) & 0x1F))) ;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_adc.c
+3260
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_adc_ex.c
+2539
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_cec.c
+665
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,665 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_cec.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief CEC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface
* Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC).
* + Initialization and de-initialization function
* + IO operation function
* + Peripheral Control function
*
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow:
(#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
(#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API:
(##) Enable the CEC interface clock.
(##) CEC pins configuration:
(+++) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs.
(+++) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up.
(##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs):
(+++) Configure the CEC interrupt priority.
(+++) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle.
(+++) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
and receive process.
(#) Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in
in case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical
address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure.
(#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.
[..]
(@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CEC CEC
* @brief HAL CEC module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Constants CEC Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions CEC Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions CEC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC
(+) The following parameters need to be configured:
(++) SignalFreeTime
(++) Tolerance
(++) BRERxStop (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error)
(++) BREErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error)
(++) LBPEErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error)
(++) BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message error)
(++) SignalFreeTimeOption (SFT Timer start definition)
(++) OwnAddress (CEC device address)
(++) ListenMode
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified
* parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
* @param hcec: CEC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* Check the CEC handle allocation */
if((hcec == NULL) ||(hcec->Init.RxBuffer == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime));
assert_param(IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(hcec->Init.Tolerance));
assert_param(IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(hcec->Init.BRERxStop));
assert_param(IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen));
assert_param(IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen));
assert_param(IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen));
assert_param(IS_CEC_SFTOP(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption));
assert_param(IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(hcec->Init.ListenMode));
assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress));
if(hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec);
}
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
/* Write to CEC Control Register */
hcec->Instance->CFGR = hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime | hcec->Init.Tolerance | hcec->Init.BRERxStop|\
hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen |\
hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption |((uint32_t)(hcec->Init.OwnAddress)<<16U) |\
hcec->Init.ListenMode;
/* Enable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as
* well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts
* Rx Byte Received IT
* End of Reception IT
* Rx overrun
* Rx bit rising error
* Rx short bit period error
* Rx long bit period error
* Rx missing acknowledge
* Tx Byte Request IT
* End of Transmission IT
* Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
* Tx-Error IT
* Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
* Tx arbitration lost */
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR|CEC_IT_RXEND|CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR|CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND|CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
/* Enable the CEC Peripheral */
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral
* @param hcec: CEC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* Check the CEC handle allocation */
if(hcec == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec);
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
/* Clear Flags */
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXEND|CEC_FLAG_TXBR|CEC_FLAG_RXBR|CEC_FLAG_RXEND|CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR);
/* Disable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as
* well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts
* Rx Byte Received IT
* End of Reception IT
* Rx overrun
* Rx bit rising error
* Rx short bit period error
* Rx long bit period error
* Rx missing acknowledge
* Tx Byte Request IT
* End of Transmission IT
* Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
* Tx-Error IT
* Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
* Tx arbitration lost */
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR|CEC_IT_RXEND|CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR|CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND|CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
/* Process Unlock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the Own Address of the CEC device
* @param hcec: CEC handle
* @param CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_SetDeviceAddress(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint16_t CEC_OwnAddress)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress));
if ((hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (hcec->RxState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY))
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcec);
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
if(CEC_OwnAddress != CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_NONE)
{
hcec->Instance->CFGR |= ((uint32_t)CEC_OwnAddress<<16);
}
else
{
hcec->Instance->CFGR &= ~(CEC_CFGR_OAR);
}
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief CEC MSP Init
* @param hcec: CEC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcec);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief CEC MSP DeInit
* @param hcec: CEC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcec);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
* @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers.
(#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side)
logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0xF for broadcast messages destination)
(#) The communication is performed using Interrupts.
These API's return the HAL status.
The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication
error is detected
(#) API's with Interrupt are :
(+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
(+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
(#) A set of User Callbacks are provided:
(+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()
(+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
(+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Send data in interrupt mode
* @param hcec: CEC handle
* @param InitiatorAddress: Initiator address
* @param DestinationAddress: destination logical address
* @param pData: pointer to input byte data buffer
* @param Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
* 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
* Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t InitiatorAddress,uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size)
{
/* if the IP isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission
already pending due to arbitration lost */
if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
{
if((pData == NULL ) && (Size > 0))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress));
assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(InitiatorAddress));
assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcec);
hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
/* initialize the number of bytes to send,
* 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */
hcec->TxXferCount = Size;
/* in case of no payload (Size = 0), sender is only pinging the system;
Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */
if (Size == 0)
{
__HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
}
/* send header block */
hcec->Instance->TXDR = ((uint8_t)(InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) |(uint8_t) DestinationAddress);
/* Set TX Start of Message (TXSOM) bit */
__HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Get size of the received frame.
* @param hcec: CEC handle
* @retval Frame size
*/
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetLastReceivedFrameSize(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
return hcec->RxXferSize;
}
/**
* @brief Change Rx Buffer.
* @param hcec: CEC handle
* @param Rxbuffer: Rx Buffer
* @note This function can be called only inside the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
* @retval Frame size
*/
void HAL_CEC_ChangeRxBuffer(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t* Rxbuffer)
{
hcec->Init.RxBuffer = Rxbuffer;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
* @param hcec: CEC handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* save interrupts register for further error or interrupts handling purposes */
uint32_t reg = 0;
reg = hcec->Instance->ISR;
/*----------------------- Arbitration Lost Management ----------------------*/
/* CEC TX arbitration error interrupt occurred -----------------------------*/
if((reg & CEC_FLAG_ARBLST) != RESET)
{
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_ARBLST;
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST);
}
/*------------------------------ Rx Management -----------------------------*/
/* CEC RX byte received interrupt -----------------------------------------*/
if((reg & CEC_FLAG_RXBR) != RESET)
{
/* reception is starting */
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX;
hcec->RxXferSize++;
/* read received byte */
*hcec->Init.RxBuffer++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR;
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR);
}
/* CEC RX end received interrupt ------------------------------------------*/
if((reg & CEC_FLAG_RXEND) != RESET)
{
/* clear IT */
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND);
/* Rx process is completed, restore hcec->RxState to Ready */
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
hcec->Init.RxBuffer-=hcec->RxXferSize;
HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec, hcec->RxXferSize);
hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
}
/*------------------------------ Tx Management -----------------------------*/
/* CEC TX byte request interrupt -------------------------------------------*/
if((reg & CEC_FLAG_TXBR) != RESET)
{
if (hcec->TxXferCount == 0)
{
/* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
__HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
}
else
{
hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
hcec->TxXferCount--;
}
/* clear Tx-Byte request flag */
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXBR);
}
/* CEC TX end interrupt ----------------------------------------------------*/
if((reg & CEC_FLAG_TXEND) != RESET)
{
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND);
/* Tx process is ended, restore hcec->gState to Ready */
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
/* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the
possibility to start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
}
/*------------------------- Rx/Tx Error Management -------------------------*/
if ((reg & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR|CEC_ISR_BRE|CEC_ISR_SBPE|CEC_ISR_LBPE|CEC_ISR_RXACKE|CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != 0)
{
hcec->ErrorCode = reg;
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXOVR|HAL_CEC_ERROR_BRE|CEC_FLAG_LBPE|CEC_FLAG_SBPE|HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXACKE|HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXUDR|HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXERR|HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXACKE);
if((reg & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR|CEC_ISR_BRE|CEC_ISR_SBPE|CEC_ISR_LBPE|CEC_ISR_RXACKE)) != RESET)
{
hcec->Init.RxBuffer-=hcec->RxXferSize;
hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
}
else if (((reg & (CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != RESET) && ((reg & CEC_ISR_ARBLST) == RESET))
{
/* Set the CEC state ready to be able to start again the process */
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
}
/* Error Call Back */
HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec);
}
}
/**
* @brief Tx Transfer completed callback
* @param hcec: CEC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcec);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Rx Transfer completed callback
* @param hcec: CEC handle
* @param RxFrameSize: Size of frame
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint32_t RxFrameSize)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcec);
UNUSED(RxFrameSize);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief CEC error callbacks
* @param hcec: CEC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcec);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control function
* @brief CEC control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control function #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.
(+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral.
(+) HAL_CEC_GetError() API can be helpful to check in run-time the error of the CEC peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief return the CEC state
* @param hcec: pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified CEC module.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
uint32_t temp1= 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U;
temp1 = hcec->gState;
temp2 = hcec->RxState;
return (HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2);
}
/**
* @brief Return the CEC error code
* @param hcec : pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified CEC.
* @retval CEC Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
return hcec->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_comp.c
+850
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,850 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_comp.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief COMP HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the COMP peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Start/Stop operation functions in polling mode
* + Start/Stop operation functions in interrupt mode
* + Peripheral control functions
* + Peripheral state functions
@verbatim
================================================================================
##### COMP Peripheral features #####
================================================================================
[..]
The STM32H7xx device family integrates two analog comparators instances
COMP1 and COMP2:
(#) The COMP input minus (inverting input) and input plus (non inverting input)
can be set to internal references or to GPIO pins
(refer to GPIO list in reference manual).
(#) The COMP output level is available using HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel()
and can be redirected to other peripherals: GPIO pins (in mode
alternate functions for comparator), timers.
(refer to GPIO list in reference manual).
(#) Pairs of comparators instances can be combined in window mode
(2 consecutive instances odd and even COMP<x> and COMP<x+1>).
(#) The comparators have interrupt capability through the EXTI controller
with wake-up from sleep and stop modes:
(++) COMP1 is internally connected to EXTI Line 20
(++) COMP2 is internally connected to EXTI Line 21
[..]
From the corresponding IRQ handler, the right interrupt source can be retrieved
using macro __HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_GET_FLAG() and __HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_GET_FLAG().
##### How to use this driver #####
================================================================================
[..]
This driver provides functions to configure and program the comparator instances of
STM32H7xx devices.
To use the comparator, perform the following steps:
(#) Initialize the COMP low level resources by implementing the HAL_COMP_MspInit():
(++) Configure the GPIO connected to comparator inputs plus and minus in analog mode
using HAL_GPIO_Init().
(++) If needed, configure the GPIO connected to comparator output in alternate function mode
using HAL_GPIO_Init().
(++) If required enable the COMP interrupt by configuring and enabling EXTI line in Interrupt mode and
selecting the desired sensitivity level using HAL_GPIO_Init() function. After that enable the comparator
interrupt vector using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() function.
(#) Configure the comparator using HAL_COMP_Init() function:
(++) Select the input minus (inverting input)
(++) Select the input plus (non-inverting input)
(++) Select the hysteresis
(++) Select the blanking source
(++) Select the output polarity
(++) Select the power mode
(++) Select the window mode
-@@- HAL_COMP_Init() calls internally __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE()
to enable internal control clock of the comparators.
However, this is a legacy strategy.
Therefore, for compatibility anticipation, it is recommended to
implement __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE() in "HAL_COMP_MspInit()".
In STM32H7,COMP clock enable __HAL_RCC_COMP12_CLK_ENABLE() must
be implemented by user in "HAL_COMP_MspInit()".
(#) Reconfiguration on-the-fly of comparator can be done by calling again
function HAL_COMP_Init() with new input structure parameters values.
(#) Enable the comparator using HAL_COMP_Start() or HAL_COMP_Start_IT()to be enabled
with the interrupt through NVIC of the CPU.
Note: HAL_COMP_Start_IT() must be called after each interrupt otherwise the interrupt
mode will stay disabled.
(#) Use HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel() or HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback()
functions to manage comparator outputs(output level or events)
(#) Disable the comparator using HAL_COMP_Stop() or HAL_COMP_Stop_IT()
to disable the interrupt too.
(#) De-initialize the comparator using HAL_COMP_DeInit() function.
(#) For safety purpose, comparator configuration can be locked using HAL_COMP_Lock() function.
The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
Table 1. COMP inputs and output for STM32H7xx devices
+---------------------------------------------------------+
| | | COMP1 | COMP2 |
|----------------|----------------|-----------|-----------|
| | IO1 | PB0 | PE9 |
| Input plus | IO2 | PB2 | PE11 |
| | | | |
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------|
| | 1/4 VrefInt | Available | Available |
| | 1/2 VrefInt | Available | Available |
| | 3/4 VrefInt | Available | Available |
| Input minus | VrefInt | Available | Available |
| | DAC1 channel 1 | Available | Available |
| | DAC1 channel 2 | Available | Available |
| | IO1 | PB1 | PE10 |
| | IO2 | PC4 | PE7 |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
+---------------------------------------------------------+
| Output | | PC5 (1) | PE8 (1) |
| | | PE12 (1) | PE13 (1) |
| | | TIM (2) | TIM (2) |
+---------------------------------------------------------+
(1) GPIO must be set to alternate function for comparator
(2) Comparators output to timers is set in timers instances.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup COMP COMP
* @brief COMP HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup COMP_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/* Delay for COMP startup time. */
/* Note: Delay required to reach propagation delay specification. */
/* Literal set to maximum value (refer to device datasheet, */
/* parameter "tSTART"). */
/* Unit: us */
#define COMP_DELAY_STARTUP_US ((uint32_t) 80U) /*!< Delay for COMP startup time */
/* Delay for COMP voltage scaler stabilization time. */
/* Literal set to maximum value (refer to device datasheet, */
/* parameter "tSTART_SCALER"). */
/* Unit: us */
#define COMP_DELAY_VOLTAGE_SCALER_STAB_US ((uint32_t) 200U) /*!< Delay for COMP voltage scaler stabilization time */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions COMP Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions to initialize and de-initialize comparators
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the COMP according to the specified
* parameters in the COMP_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
* @note If the selected comparator is locked, initialization can't be performed.
* To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset.
* @param hcomp: COMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Init(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
uint32_t tmp_csr = 0;
uint32_t exti_line = 0;
uint32_t comp_voltage_scaler_not_initialized = 0;
__IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
if((hcomp == NULL) || (__HAL_COMP_IS_LOCKED(hcomp)))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
assert_param(IS_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(hcomp->Instance, hcomp->Init.NonInvertingInput));
assert_param(IS_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(hcomp->Instance, hcomp->Init.InvertingInput));
assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUTPOL(hcomp->Init.OutputPol));
assert_param(IS_COMP_POWERMODE(hcomp->Init.Mode));
assert_param(IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(hcomp->Init.Hysteresis));
assert_param(IS_COMP_BLANKINGSRCE(hcomp->Init.BlankingSrce));
assert_param(IS_COMP_TRIGGERMODE(hcomp->Init.TriggerMode));
assert_param(IS_COMP_WINDOWMODE(hcomp->Init.WindowMode));
if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hcomp->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_COMP_MspInit(hcomp);
}
/* Memorize voltage scaler state before initialization */
comp_voltage_scaler_not_initialized = (READ_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CFGR, COMP_CFGRx_SCALEN) == 0);
/* Set COMP parameters */
/* Set INMSEL bits according to hcomp->Init.InvertingInput value */
/* Set INPSEL bits according to hcomp->Init.NonInvertingInput value */
/* Set BLANKING bits according to hcomp->Init.BlankingSrce value */
/* Set HYST bits according to hcomp->Init.Hysteresis value */
/* Set POLARITY bit according to hcomp->Init.OutputPol value */
/* Set POWERMODE bits according to hcomp->Init.Mode value */
tmp_csr = (hcomp->Init.InvertingInput | \
hcomp->Init.NonInvertingInput | \
hcomp->Init.BlankingSrce | \
hcomp->Init.Hysteresis | \
hcomp->Init.OutputPol | \
hcomp->Init.Mode );
/* Set parameters in COMP register */
/* Note: Update all bits except read-only, lock and enable bits */
MODIFY_REG(hcomp->Instance->CFGR,
COMP_CFGRx_PWRMODE | COMP_CFGRx_INMSEL | COMP_CFGRx_INPSEL |
COMP_CFGRx_WINMODE | COMP_CFGRx_POLARITY | COMP_CFGRx_HYST |
COMP_CFGRx_BLANKING | COMP_CFGRx_BRGEN | COMP_CFGRx_SCALEN,
tmp_csr
);
/* Set window mode */
/* Note: Window mode bit is located into 1 out of the 2 pairs of COMP */
/* instances. Therefore, this function can update another COMP */
/* instance that the one currently selected. */
if(hcomp->Init.WindowMode == COMP_WINDOWMODE_COMP1_INPUT_PLUS_COMMON)
{
SET_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CFGR, COMP_CFGRx_WINMODE);
}
else
{
CLEAR_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CFGR, COMP_CFGRx_WINMODE);
}
/* Delay for COMP scaler bridge voltage stabilization */
/* Apply the delay if voltage scaler bridge is enabled for the first time */
if ((READ_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CFGR, COMP_CFGRx_SCALEN) != 0) &&
(comp_voltage_scaler_not_initialized != 0) )
{
/* Wait loop initialization and execution */
/* Note: Variable divided by 2 to compensate partially */
/* CPU processing cycles.*/
wait_loop_index = (COMP_DELAY_VOLTAGE_SCALER_STAB_US * (SystemCoreClock / (1000000 * 2)));
while(wait_loop_index != 0)
{
wait_loop_index --;
}
}
/* Get the EXTI line corresponding to the selected COMP instance */
exti_line = COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance);
/* Manage EXTI settings */
if((hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & (COMP_EXTI_IT | COMP_EXTI_EVENT)) != RESET)
{
/* Configure EXTI rising edge */
if((hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_EXTI_RISING) != RESET)
{
SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR1, exti_line);
}
else
{
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR1, exti_line);
}
/* Configure EXTI falling edge */
if((hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_EXTI_FALLING) != RESET)
{
SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR1, exti_line);
}
else
{
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR1, exti_line);
}
/* Clear COMP EXTI pending bit (if any) */
WRITE_REG(EXTI_D1->PR1, exti_line);
/* Configure EXTI event mode */
if((hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_EXTI_EVENT) != RESET)
{
SET_BIT(EXTI_D1->EMR1, exti_line);
}
else
{
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI_D1->EMR1, exti_line);
}
/* Configure EXTI interrupt mode */
if((hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_EXTI_IT) != RESET)
{
SET_BIT(EXTI_D1->IMR1, exti_line);
}
else
{
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI_D1->IMR1, exti_line);
}
}
else
{
/* Disable EXTI event mode */
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI_D1->EMR1, exti_line);
/* Disable EXTI interrupt mode */
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI_D1->IMR1, exti_line);
}
/* Set HAL COMP handle state */
/* Note: Transition from state reset to state ready, */
/* otherwise (coming from state ready or busy) no state update. */
if (hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET)
{
hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the COMP peripheral.
* @note Deinitialization cannot be performed if the COMP configuration is locked.
* To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset.
* @param hcomp COMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_DeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
if((hcomp == NULL) || (__HAL_COMP_IS_LOCKED(hcomp)))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
/* Set COMP_CFGR register to reset value */
WRITE_REG(hcomp->Instance->CFGR, 0x00000000);
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(hcomp);
/* Set HAL COMP handle state */
hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcomp);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the COMP MSP.
* @param hcomp COMP handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_COMP_MspInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcomp);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_COMP_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the COMP MSP.
* @param hcomp COMP handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcomp);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_COMP_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group2 Start-Stop operation functions
* @brief Start-Stop operation functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start a Comparator instance without interrupt.
(+) Stop a Comparator instance without interrupt.
(+) Start a Comparator instance with interrupt generation.
(+) Stop a Comparator instance with interrupt generation.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Start the comparator.
* @param hcomp COMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
__IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
if((hcomp == NULL) || (__HAL_COMP_IS_LOCKED(hcomp)))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_READY)
{
/* Enable the selected comparator */
SET_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CFGR, COMP_CFGRx_EN);
/* Set HAL COMP handle state */
hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY;
/* Delay for COMP startup time */
/* Wait loop initialization and execution */
/* Note: Variable divided by 2 to compensate partially */
/* CPU processing cycles. */
wait_loop_index = (COMP_DELAY_STARTUP_US * (SystemCoreClock / (1000000 * 2)));
while(wait_loop_index != 0)
{
wait_loop_index--;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Stop the comparator.
* @param hcomp COMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
if((hcomp == NULL) || (__HAL_COMP_IS_LOCKED(hcomp)))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
if((hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY) ||
(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_READY) )
{
/* Disable the selected comparator */
CLEAR_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CFGR, COMP_CFGRx_EN);
/* Set HAL COMP handle state */
hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the interrupt and start the comparator.
* @param hcomp COMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
__IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
if((hcomp == NULL) || (__HAL_COMP_IS_LOCKED(hcomp)))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
/* Set HAL COMP handle state */
if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_READY)
{
/* Enable the selected comparator */
SET_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CFGR, COMP_CFGRx_EN);
/* Enable the Interrupt comparator */
SET_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CFGR, COMP_CFGRx_ITEN);
hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY;
/* Delay for COMP startup time */
/* Wait loop initialization and execution */
/* Note: Variable divided by 2 to compensate partially */
/* CPU processing cycles. */
wait_loop_index = (COMP_DELAY_STARTUP_US * (SystemCoreClock / (1000000 * 2)));
while(wait_loop_index != 0)
{
wait_loop_index--;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the interrupt and Stop the comparator.
* @param hcomp COMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Disable the EXTI Line interrupt mode */
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI_D1->IMR1, COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance));
/* Disable the Interrupt comparator */
CLEAR_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CFGR, COMP_CFGRx_ITEN);
status = HAL_COMP_Stop(hcomp);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Comparator IRQ Handler.
* @param hcomp COMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
void HAL_COMP_IRQHandler(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
/* Get the EXTI line corresponding to the selected COMP instance */
uint32_t exti_line = COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance);
/* Check COMP EXTI flag */
if(READ_BIT(EXTI_D1->PR1, exti_line) != RESET)
{
/* Check whether comparator is in independent or window mode */
if(READ_BIT(COMP12_COMMON->CFGR, COMP_CFGRx_WINMODE) != RESET)
{
/* Clear COMP EXTI line pending bit of the pair of comparators */
/* in window mode. */
/* Note: Pair of comparators in window mode can both trig IRQ when */
/* input voltage is changing from "out of window" area */
/* (low or high ) to the other "out of window" area (high or low).*/
/* Both flags must be cleared to call comparator trigger */
/* callback is called once. */
WRITE_REG(EXTI_D1->PR1, (COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP1 | COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP2));
}
else
{
/* Clear COMP EXTI line pending bit */
WRITE_REG(EXTI_D1->PR1, exti_line);
}
/* COMP trigger user callback */
HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(hcomp);
}
/* Get COMP interrupt source */
if (__HAL_COMP_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcomp, COMP_IT_EN) != RESET)
{
if((__HAL_COMP_GET_FLAG( COMP_FLAG_C1I)) != RESET)
{
/* Clear the COMP channel 1 interrupt flag */
__HAL_COMP_CLEAR_C1IFLAG();
/* Disable COMP interrupt */
__HAL_COMP_DISABLE_IT(hcomp,COMP_IT_EN);
}
if((__HAL_COMP_GET_FLAG( COMP_FLAG_C2I)) != RESET)
{
/* Clear the COMP channel 2 interrupt flag */
__HAL_COMP_CLEAR_C2IFLAG();
/* Disable COMP interrupt */
__HAL_COMP_DISABLE_IT(hcomp,COMP_IT_EN);
}
/* Change COMP state */
hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY;
/* COMP trigger user callback */
HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(hcomp);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Management functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the comparators.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Lock the selected comparator configuration.
* @note A system reset is required to unlock the comparator configuration.
* @param hcomp COMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Lock(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
if((hcomp == NULL) || (__HAL_COMP_IS_LOCKED(hcomp)))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
/* Set HAL COMP handle state */
hcomp->State = ((HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef)(hcomp->State | COMP_STATE_BITFIELD_LOCK));
}
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Set the lock bit corresponding to selected comparator */
__HAL_COMP_LOCK(hcomp);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator.
* @note The output level depends on the selected polarity.
* If the polarity is not inverted:
* - Comparator output is low when the input plus is at a lower
* voltage than the input minus
* - Comparator output is high when the input plus is at a higher
* voltage than the input minus
* If the polarity is inverted:
* - Comparator output is high when the input plus is at a lower
* voltage than the input minus
* - Comparator output is low when the input plus is at a higher
* voltage than the input minus
* @param hcomp COMP handle
* @retval Returns the selected comparator output level:
* @arg @ref COMP_OUTPUT_LEVEL_LOW
* @arg @ref COMP_OUTPUT_LEVEL_HIGH
*
*/
uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
if (hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
{
return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(COMP12->SR, COMP_SR_C1VAL));
}
else
{
return (uint32_t)((READ_BIT(COMP12->SR, COMP_SR_C2VAL))>> 1);
}
}
/**
* @brief Comparator callback.
* @param hcomp COMP handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcomp);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback should be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the COMP handle state.
* @param hcomp COMP handle
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef HAL_COMP_GetState(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
{
/* Check the COMP handle allocation */
if(hcomp == NULL)
{
return HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
/* Return HAL COMP handle state */
return hcomp->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_cortex.c
+492
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_cortex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
===========================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
The Cortex-M exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
(#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
function according to the following table.
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) please refer to programming manual for details in how to configure priority.
-@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
-@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
(+@) Lowest preemption priority
(+@) Lowest sub priority
(+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
[..]
*** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
========================================================
[..]
Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
is a CMSIS function that:
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig() macro is defined
inside the stm32h7xx_hal_cortex.h file.
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
Systick functionalities
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority)
* using the required unlock sequence.
* @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
* The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32h7xxxx.h))
* @param PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
* @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
{
uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
}
/**
* @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
* function should be called before.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32h7xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Enable interrupt */
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32h7xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Disable interrupt */
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
{
/* System Reset */
NVIC_SystemReset();
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
* @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
* - 1 Function failed.
*/
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
{
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Cortex control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
(NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
/**
* @brief Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
* @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the initialization and configuration information.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
/* Set the Region number */
MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
}
else
{
MPU->RBAR = 0x00;
MPU->RASR = 0x00;
}
}
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
* @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
{
/* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
}
/**
* @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32h7xxxx.h))
* @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
* @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
}
/**
* @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32h7xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Set interrupt pending */
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
* and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32h7xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32h7xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Clear pending interrupt */
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32h7xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if active else 0 */
return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
* @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
{
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
else
{
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
}
/**
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Returns the current CPU ID.
* @retval CPU identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetCurrentCPUID(void)
{
return CM7_CPUID;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_crc.c
+525
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,525 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_crc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### CRC How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
(#) Initialize CRC calculator
(++) specify generating polynomial (IP default or non-default one)
(++) specify initialization value (IP default or non-default one)
(++) specify input data format
(++) specify input or output data inversion mode if any
(#) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
initialization value
(#) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
(default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC CRC
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
(+) Initialize the CRC MSP
(+) DeInitialize CRC MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the CRC according to the specified
* parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if(hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been
* picked up by user */
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse));
if(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
{
/* initialize IP with default generating polynomial */
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
}
else
{
/* initialize CRC IP with generating polynomial defined by user */
if(HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been
* picked up by user */
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
if(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
{
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
}
else
{
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
}
/* set input data inversion mode */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode));
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode);
/* set output data inversion mode */
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode));
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);
/* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
* is properly specified by user */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC peripheral.
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if(hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
/* Check the CRC peripheral state */
if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC calculation unit */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
/* Reset IDR register content */
CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR);
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
or
(+) Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
independently of the previous CRC value.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
* starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @param BufferLength: input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
* type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
* number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
* @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
* Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
* and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
* handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index = 0; /* CRC input data buffer index */
uint32_t temp = 0; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
{
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
/* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return temp;
}
/**
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
* starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @param BufferLength: input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
* type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
* number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
* @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
* Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
* and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
* handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index = 0; /* CRC input data buffer index */
uint32_t temp = 0; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
* written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
{
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
/* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
/* Specific 8-bit input data handling */
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
/* Specific 16-bit input data handling */
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return temp;
}
/**
* @brief Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer
* @param BufferLength: input data buffer length
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t i = 0; /* input data buffer index */
/* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
* last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
* handling by the IP */
for(i = 0; i < (BufferLength/4); i++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i])<<24) | ((uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i+1])<<16) | ((uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i+2])<<8) | (uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i+3]));
}
/* last bytes specific handling */
if((BufferLength%4) != 0)
{
if(BufferLength%4 == 1)
{
*(__IO uint8_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i];
}
if(BufferLength%4 == 2)
{
*(__IO uint16_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4*i])<<8) | (uint16_t)(pBuffer[4*i+1]));
}
if(BufferLength%4 == 3)
{
*(__IO uint16_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4*i])<<8) | (uint16_t)(pBuffer[4*i+1]));
*(__IO uint8_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i+2];
}
}
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
}
/**
* @brief Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer
* @param BufferLength: input data buffer length
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t i = 0; /* input data buffer index */
/* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
* in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure
* a correct type handling by the IP */
for(i = 0; i < (BufferLength/2); i++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = (((uint32_t)(pBuffer[2*i])<<16) | (uint32_t)(pBuffer[2*i+1]));
}
if((BufferLength%2) != 0)
{
*(__IO uint16_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[2*i];
}
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group3 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the CRC state.
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
return hcrc->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_crc_ex.c
+241
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_crc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief Extended CRC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the CRC peripheral:
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### CRC specific features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Polynomial configuration.
(#) Input data reverse mode.
(#) Output data reverse mode.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRCEx
* @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Extended CRC features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### CRC Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides function allowing to:
(+) Set CRC polynomial if different from default one.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
* @param Pol: CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long)
* This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
* for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
* for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
* @param PolyLength: CRC polynomial length
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B: 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
* @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B: 8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
* @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B: 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
* @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B: 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
{
uint32_t msb = 31; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
/* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
* polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
* definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is
* larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
* Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
* the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
* X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
while (((Pol & ((uint32_t)(0x1) << msb)) == 0) && (msb-- > 0))
{
}
switch (PolyLength)
{
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
/* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
break;
default:
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* set generating polynomial */
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
/* set generating polynomial size */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the Reverse Input data mode.
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
* @param InputReverseMode: Input Data inversion mode
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE: no change in bit order (default value)
* @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE: Byte-wise bit reversal
* @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD: HalfWord-wise bit reversal
* @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD: Word-wise bit reversal
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* set input data inversion mode */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the Reverse Output data mode.
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
* @param OutputReverseMode: Output Data inversion mode
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE: no CRC inversion (default value)
* @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE: bit-level inversion (e.g for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* set output data inversion mode */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_cryp.c
+3709
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_cryp_ex.c
+429
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_cryp_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief Extended CRYP HAL module driver
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of CRYP extension peripheral:
* + Extended AES processing functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The CRYP extension HAL driver can be used after AES-GCM or AES-CCM
Encryption/Decryption to get the authentication messages.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (CRYP)
/** @defgroup CRYPEx CRYPEx
* @brief CRYP Extension HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
#define CRYP_PHASE_INIT 0x00000000U
#define CRYP_PHASE_HEADER CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH_0
#define CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH_1
#define CRYP_PHASE_FINAL CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_ENCRYPT 0x00000000U
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_DECRYPT CRYP_CR_ALGODIR
#define CRYPEx_PHASE_PROCESS 0x02U /*!< CRYP peripheral is in processing phase */
#define CRYPEx_PHASE_FINAL 0x03U /*!< CRYP peripheral is in final phase this is relevant only with CCM and GCM modes */
/* CTR0 information to use in CCM algorithm */
#define CRYP_CCM_CTR0_0 0x07FFFFFFU
#define CRYP_CCM_CTR0_3 0xFFFFFF00U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended AES processing functions
* @brief CRYPEx Extended processing functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Extended AES processing functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to generate the authentication
TAG in Polling mode
(+)HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG
(+)HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG
they should be used after Encrypt/Decrypt operation.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief generate the GCM authentication TAG.
* @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRYP module
* @param AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
uint64_t headerlength = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize * 32U; /* Header length in bits */
uint64_t inputlength = (hcryp->Size) * 32U; /* input length in bits */
uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag;
if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
if(hcryp->Phase == CRYPEx_PHASE_PROCESS)
{
/* Change the CRYP phase */
hcryp->Phase = CRYPEx_PHASE_FINAL;
}
else /* Initialization phase has not been performed*/
{
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Sequence error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_AUTH_TAG_SEQUENCE;
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Disable CRYP to start the final phase */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Select final phase */
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL);
/*ALGODIR bit must be set to ‘0’.*/
hcryp->Instance->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_ALGODIR;
/* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
/* Write the number of bits in header (64 bits) followed by the number of bits
in the payload */
if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_1B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __RBIT((uint32_t)(headerlength));
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __RBIT((uint32_t)(inputlength));
}
else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_8B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __REV((uint32_t)(headerlength));
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __REV((uint32_t)(inputlength));
}
else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_16B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __ROR((uint32_t)headerlength, 16U);
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __ROR((uint32_t)inputlength, 16U);
}
else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_32B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = (uint32_t)(headerlength);
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = (uint32_t)(inputlength);
}
/* Wait for OFNE flag to be raised */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
{
/* Disable the CRYP Peripheral Clock */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change state */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Read the authentication TAG in the output FIFO */
*(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
tagaddr+=4U;
*(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
tagaddr+=4U;
*(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
tagaddr+=4U;
*(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief AES CCM Authentication TAG generation.
* @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRYP module
* @param AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag;
uint32_t ctr0 [4]={0};
uint32_t ctr0addr = (uint32_t)ctr0;
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
if(hcryp->Phase == CRYPEx_PHASE_PROCESS)
{
/* Change the CRYP phase */
hcryp->Phase = CRYPEx_PHASE_FINAL;
}
else /* Initialization phase has not been performed*/
{
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Sequence error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_AUTH_TAG_SEQUENCE;
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Disable CRYP to start the final phase */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Select final phase & ALGODIR bit must be set to ‘0’. */
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH|CRYP_CR_ALGODIR, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL|CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_ENCRYPT);
/* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
/* Write the counter block in the IN FIFO, CTR0 information from B0
data has to be swapped according to the DATATYPE*/
ctr0[0]=(hcryp->Init.B0[0]) & CRYP_CCM_CTR0_0;
ctr0[1]=hcryp->Init.B0[1];
ctr0[2]=hcryp->Init.B0[2];
ctr0[3]=hcryp->Init.B0[3] & CRYP_CCM_CTR0_3;
if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_8B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr+=4;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr+=4;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr+=4;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr));
}
else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_16B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __ROR(*(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr), 16U);
ctr0addr+=4;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __ROR(*(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr), 16U);
ctr0addr+=4;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __ROR(*(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr), 16U);
ctr0addr+=4;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __ROR(*(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr), 16U);
}
else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_1B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __RBIT(*(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr+=4;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __RBIT(*(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr+=4;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __RBIT(*(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr+=4;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __RBIT(*(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr));
}
else
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = *(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr);
ctr0addr+=4;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = *(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr);
ctr0addr+=4;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = *(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr);
ctr0addr+=4;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = *(uint32_t*)(ctr0addr);;
}
/* Wait for OFNE flag to be raised */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
{
/* Disable the CRYP peripheral Clock */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change state */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */
*(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
tagaddr+=4U;
*(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
tagaddr+=4U;
*(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
tagaddr+=4U;
*(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
/* Disable CRYP */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode = HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* CRYP*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_dac.c
+1178
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_dac_ex.c
+632
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_dac_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief Extended DAC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
* functionalities of DAC peripheral.
*
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2.
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
(+) HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate to calibrate one DAC channel.
(+) HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming to set user trimming value.
(+) HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset to retrieve trimming value (factory setting
after reset, user setting if HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming have been used
at least one time after reset).
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
* @brief DAC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief Extended IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start conversion with triangle wave generation.
(+) Start conversion with noise wave generation.
(+) Start self calibration.
(+) Set user trimming mode.
(+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the triangle wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1)|(DAC_CR_MAMP1))<<Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << Channel);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the noise wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1)|(DAC_CR_MAMP1))<<Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << Channel);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
* @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
* DAC channels at the same time.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
{
uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
/* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1;
}
else
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1;
}
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
/* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Conversion complete callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Run the self calibration of one DAC channel.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param sConfig: DAC channel configuration structure.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @retval Updates DAC_TrimmingValue. , DAC_UserTrimming set to DAC_UserTrimming
* @retval HAL status
* @note Calibration runs about 7 ms.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate (DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
uint32_t trimmingvalue = 0;
uint32_t delta;
/* store/restore channel configuration structure purpose */
uint32_t oldmodeconfiguration = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Check the DAC handle allocation */
/* Check if DAC running */
if((hdac == NULL) || (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Store configuration */
oldmodeconfiguration = (hdac->Instance->MCR & (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << Channel));
/* Disable the selected DAC channel */
CLEAR_BIT ((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_EN1 << Channel));
/* Set mode in MCR for calibration */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << Channel), 0);
/* Set DAC Channel1 DHR register to the middle value */
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
{
tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
}
else
{
tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
}
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = 0x0800;
/* Enable the selected DAC channel calibration */
/* i.e. set DAC_CR_CENx bit */
SET_BIT ((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << Channel));
/* Init trimming counter */
/* Medium value */
trimmingvalue = 16;
delta = 8;
while (delta != 0)
{
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1<<Channel), (trimmingvalue<<Channel));
/* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */
HAL_Delay(1);
if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1<<Channel)) == (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1<<Channel))
{
/* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is HIGH try higher trimming */
trimmingvalue -= delta;
}
else
{
/* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is LOW try lower trimming */
trimmingvalue += delta;
}
delta >>= 1;
}
/* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
/* Indeed the first value that causes the DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx bit to change from 0 to 1 */
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1<<Channel), (trimmingvalue<<Channel));
/* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */
HAL_Delay(1);
if (!(hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1<<Channel)))
{
/* Trimming is actually one value more */
trimmingvalue ++;
/* Set right trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1<<Channel), (trimmingvalue<<Channel));
}
/* Disable the selected DAC channel calibration */
/* i.e. clear DAC_CR_CENx bit */
CLEAR_BIT ((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << Channel));
sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = trimmingvalue;
sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER;
/* Restore configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << Channel), oldmodeconfiguration);
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @brief Set the trimming mode and trimming value (user trimming mode applied).
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param sConfig: DAC configuration structure updated with new DAC trimming value.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param NewTrimmingValue: DAC new trimming value
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming (DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t NewTrimmingValue)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_NEWTRIMMINGVALUE(NewTrimmingValue));
/* Check the DAC handle allocation */
if(hdac == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Set new trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1<<Channel), (NewTrimmingValue<<Channel));
/* Update trimming mode */
sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER;
sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = NewTrimmingValue;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return the DAC trimming value.
* @param hdac : DAC handle
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @retval Trimming value : range: 0->31
*
*/
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset (DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel)
{
uint32_t trimmingvalue = 0;
/* Check the DAC handle allocation */
/* And not in Reset state */
if((hdac == NULL) || (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Retrieve trimming */
trimmingvalue = ((hdac->Instance->CCR & (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << Channel)) >> Channel);
}
return trimmingvalue;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure channels.
(+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
*/
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16;
/* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
return tmp;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Functions DACEx private functions
* @brief Extended private functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
/* Conversion complete callback */
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
}
/**
* @brief DMA error callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
/* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_dcmi.c
+903
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,903 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_dcmi.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief DCMI HAL module driver
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Digital Camera Interface (DCMI) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State and Error functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The sequence below describes how to use this driver to capture image
from a camera module connected to the DCMI Interface.
This sequence does not take into account the configuration of the
camera module, which should be made before to configure and enable
the DCMI to capture images.
(#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
horizontal and vertical polarity, pixel clock polarity, Capture Rate,
Synchronization Mode, code of the frame delimiter and data width
using HAL_DCMI_Init() function.
(#) Configure the selected DMA stream to transfer Data from DCMI DR
register to the destination memory buffer.
(#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
DCMI mode, destination memory Buffer address and the data length
and enable capture using HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA() function.
(#) Optionally, configure and Enable the CROP feature to select a rectangular
window from the received image using HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop()
and HAL_DCMI_EnableCrop() functions
(#) The capture can be stopped using HAL_DCMI_Stop() function.
(#) To control DCMI state you can use the function HAL_DCMI_GetState().
*** DCMI HAL driver macros list ***
=============================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in DCMI HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE: Enable the DCMI peripheral.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE: Disable the DCMI peripheral.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG: Get the DCMI pending flags.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DCMI pending flags.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DCMI interrupts.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DCMI interrupts.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DCMI interrupt has occurred or not.
[..]
(@) You can refer to the DCMI HAL driver header file for more useful macros
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DCMI DCMI
* @brief DCMI HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP ((uint32_t)1000) /* Set timeout to 1s */
#define DCMI_POSITION_CWSIZE_VLINE (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(DCMI_CWSIZE_VLINE) /*!< Required left shift to set crop window vertical line count */
#define DCMI_POSITION_CWSTRT_VST (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(DCMI_CWSTRT_VST) /*!< Required left shift to set crop window vertical start line count */
#define DCMI_POSITION_ESCR_LSC (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(DCMI_ESCR_LSC) /*!< Required left shift to set line start delimiter */
#define DCMI_POSITION_ESCR_LEC (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(DCMI_ESCR_LEC) /*!< Required left shift to set line end delimiter */
#define DCMI_POSITION_ESCR_FEC (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(DCMI_ESCR_FEC) /*!< Required left shift to set frame end delimiter */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
static void DCMI_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void DCMI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions DCMI Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the DCMI
(+) De-initialize the DCMI
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the DCMI according to the specified
* parameters in the DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Check the DCMI peripheral state */
if(hdcmi == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_DCMI_ALL_INSTANCE(hdcmi->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_MODE_JPEG(hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_MODE(hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectMode));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_START(hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectStart));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_MODE(hdcmi->Init.LineSelectMode));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_START(hdcmi->Init.LineSelectStart));
if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_DCMI_MspInit(hdcmi);
}
/* Change the DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | DCMI_CR_HSPOL | DCMI_CR_VSPOL | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 |\
DCMI_CR_EDM_1 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_JPEG |\
DCMI_CR_ESS | DCMI_CR_BSM_0 | DCMI_CR_BSM_1 | DCMI_CR_OEBS |\
DCMI_CR_LSM | DCMI_CR_OELS);
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode | hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate |\
hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity | hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity |\
hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity | hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode |\
hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode | hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectMode |\
hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectStart | hdcmi->Init.LineSelectMode |\
hdcmi->Init.LineSelectStart);
if(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode == DCMI_SYNCHRO_EMBEDDED)
{
hdcmi->Instance->ESCR = (((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameStartCode) |\
((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineStartCode << DCMI_POSITION_ESCR_LSC)|\
((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineEndCode << DCMI_POSITION_ESCR_LEC) |\
((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameEndCode << DCMI_POSITION_ESCR_FEC));
}
/* Enable the Line, Vsync, Error and Overrun interrupts */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE | DCMI_IT_VSYNC | DCMI_IT_ERR | DCMI_IT_OVR);
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
/* Initialize the DCMI state*/
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the DCMI peripheral registers to their default reset
* values.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DeInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit(hdcmi);
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
/* Initialize the DCMI state*/
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the DCMI MSP.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DCMI_MspInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdcmi);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DCMI_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the DCMI MSP.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdcmi);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure destination address and data length and
Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture
(+) Stop the DCMI capture.
(+) Handles DCMI interrupt request.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @param DCMI_Mode: DCMI capture mode snapshot or continuous grab.
* @param pData: The destination memory Buffer address (LCD Frame buffer).
* @param Length: The length of capture to be transferred.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi, uint32_t DCMI_Mode, uint32_t pData, uint32_t Length)
{
/* Initialize the second memory address */
uint32_t SecondMemAddress = 0;
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_Mode));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable DCMI by setting DCMIEN bit */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE(hdcmi);
/* Configure the DCMI Mode */
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CM);
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(DCMI_Mode);
/* Set the DMA memory0 conversion complete callback */
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = DCMI_DMAXferCplt;
/* Set the DMA error callback */
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = DCMI_DMAError;
/* Set the dma abort callback */
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
/* Reset transfer counters value */
hdcmi->XferCount = 0;
hdcmi->XferTransferNumber = 0;
if(Length <= 0xFFFF)
{
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hdcmi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
}
else /* DCMI_DOUBLE_BUFFER Mode */
{
/* Set the DMA memory1 conversion complete callback */
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferM1CpltCallback = DCMI_DMAXferCplt;
/* Initialize transfer parameters */
hdcmi->XferCount = 1;
hdcmi->XferSize = Length;
hdcmi->pBuffPtr = pData;
/* Get the number of buffer */
while(hdcmi->XferSize > 0xFFFF)
{
hdcmi->XferSize = (hdcmi->XferSize/2);
hdcmi->XferCount = hdcmi->XferCount*2;
}
/* Update DCMI counter and transfer number*/
hdcmi->XferCount = (hdcmi->XferCount - 2);
hdcmi->XferTransferNumber = hdcmi->XferCount;
/* Update second memory address */
SecondMemAddress = (uint32_t)(pData + (4*hdcmi->XferSize));
/* Start DMA multi buffer transfer */
HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hdcmi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, SecondMemAddress, hdcmi->XferSize);
}
/* Enable Capture */
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= DCMI_CR_CAPTURE;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable DCMI DMA request and Disable DCMI capture
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Stop(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
{
register uint32_t count = HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP * (SystemCoreClock /8/1000);
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable Capture */
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CAPTURE);
/* Check if the DCMI capture effectively disabled */
do
{
if (count-- == 0)
{
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
break;
}
}
while((hdcmi->Instance->CR & DCMI_CR_CAPTURE) != 0);
/* Disable the DCMI */
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE(hdcmi);
/* Disable the DMA */
HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
/* Change DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend DCMI capture
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Suspend(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
{
register uint32_t count = HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP * (SystemCoreClock /8/1000);
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY)
{
/* Change DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_SUSPENDED;
/* Disable Capture */
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CAPTURE);
/* Check if the DCMI capture effectively disabled */
do
{
if (count-- == 0)
{
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
/* Change DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
break;
}
}
while((hdcmi->Instance->CR & DCMI_CR_CAPTURE) != 0);
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Resume DCMI capture
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Resume(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_SUSPENDED)
{
/* Change DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable Capture */
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= DCMI_CR_CAPTURE;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handles DCMI interrupt request.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
uint32_t isr_value = READ_REG(hdcmi->Instance->MISR);
/* Synchronization error interrupt management *******************************/
if((isr_value & DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI) == DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI)
{
/* Clear the Synchronization error flag */
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI);
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_SYNC;
/* Change DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_ERROR;
/* Set the synchronization error callback */
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferAbortCallback = DCMI_DMAError;
/* Abort the DMA Transfer */
HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
}
/* Overflow interrupt management ********************************************/
if((isr_value & DCMI_FLAG_OVRRI) == DCMI_FLAG_OVRRI)
{
/* Clear the Overflow flag */
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_OVRRI);
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_OVR;
/* Change DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_ERROR;
/* Set the overflow callback */
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferAbortCallback = DCMI_DMAError;
/* Abort the DMA Transfer */
HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
}
/* Line Interrupt management ************************************************/
if((isr_value & DCMI_FLAG_LINERI) == DCMI_FLAG_LINERI)
{
/* Clear the Line interrupt flag */
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_LINERI);
/* Line interrupt Callback */
HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback(hdcmi);
}
/* VSYNC interrupt management ***********************************************/
if((isr_value & DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI) == DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI)
{
/* Clear the VSYNC flag */
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI);
/* VSYNC Callback */
HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback(hdcmi);
}
/* FRAME interrupt management ***********************************************/
if((isr_value & DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) == DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI)
{
/* When snapshot mode, disable Vsync, Error and Overrun interrupts */
if((hdcmi->Instance->CR & DCMI_CR_CM) == DCMI_MODE_SNAPSHOT)
{
/* Disable the Line, Vsync, Error and Overrun interrupts */
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE | DCMI_IT_VSYNC | DCMI_IT_ERR | DCMI_IT_OVR);
}
/* Disable the Frame interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
/* Clear the End of Frame flag */
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI);
/* Frame Callback */
HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(hdcmi);
}
}
/**
* @brief Error DCMI callback.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdcmi);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Line Event callback.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief VSYNC Event callback.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdcmi);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Frame Event callback.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdcmi);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the CROP feature.
(+) Enable/Disable the CROP feature.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the DCMI CROP coordinate.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @param YSize: DCMI Line number
* @param XSize: DCMI Pixel per line
* @param X0: DCMI window X offset
* @param Y0: DCMI window Y offset
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi, uint32_t X0, uint32_t Y0, uint32_t XSize, uint32_t YSize)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(X0));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_HEIGHT(Y0));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(XSize));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(YSize));
/* Configure CROP */
hdcmi->Instance->CWSIZER = (XSize | (YSize << DCMI_POSITION_CWSIZE_VLINE));
hdcmi->Instance->CWSTRTR = (X0 | (Y0 << DCMI_POSITION_CWSTRT_VST));
/* Initialize the DCMI state*/
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Crop feature.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DisableCrop(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable DCMI Crop feature */
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP;
/* Change the DCMI state*/
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Crop feature.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_EnableCrop(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable DCMI Crop feature */
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP;
/* Change the DCMI state*/
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides functions allowing to
(+) Check the DCMI state.
(+) Get the specific DCMI error flag.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the DCMI state
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_DCMI_StateTypeDef HAL_DCMI_GetState(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
return hdcmi->State;
}
/**
* @brief Return the DCMI error code
* @param hdcmi : pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval DCMI Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_DCMI_GetError(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
return hdcmi->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DCMI_Private_Functions DCMI Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void DCMI_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi = ( DCMI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
if(hdcmi->XferCount != 0)
{
/* Update memory 0 address location */
tmp = ((((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)(hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance))->CR) & DMA_SxCR_CT);
if(((hdcmi->XferCount % 2) == 0) && (tmp != 0))
{
tmp = ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)(hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance))->M0AR;
HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (tmp + (8*hdcmi->XferSize)), MEMORY0);
hdcmi->XferCount--;
}
/* Update memory 1 address location */
else if((((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)(hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance))->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
{
tmp = ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)(hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance))->M1AR;
HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (tmp + (8*hdcmi->XferSize)), MEMORY1);
hdcmi->XferCount--;
}
}
/* Update memory 0 address location */
else if((((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)(hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance))->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
{
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)(hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance))->M0AR = hdcmi->pBuffPtr;
}
/* Update memory 1 address location */
else if((((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)(hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance))->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
{
tmp = hdcmi->pBuffPtr;
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)(hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance))->M1AR = (tmp + (4*hdcmi->XferSize));
hdcmi->XferCount = hdcmi->XferTransferNumber;
}
/* Check if the frame is transferred */
if(hdcmi->XferCount == hdcmi->XferTransferNumber)
{
/* Enable the Frame interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
/* When snapshot mode, set dcmi state to ready */
if((hdcmi->Instance->CR & DCMI_CR_CM) == DCMI_MODE_SNAPSHOT)
{
hdcmi->State= HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief DMA error callback
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void DCMI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi = ( DCMI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
if(hdcmi->DMA_Handle->ErrorCode != HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE)
{
/* Initialize the DCMI state*/
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
/* Set DCMI Error Code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_DMA;
}
/* DCMI error Callback */
HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_dfsdm.c
+3016
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_dma.c
+1939
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_dma2d.c
+1752
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_dma_ex.c
+638
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,638 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_dma_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief DMA Extension HAL module driver
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
(+) Start a multi buffer transfer using the HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart() function
for polling mode or HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart_IT() for interrupt mode.
(+) Configure the DMA_MUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
(+) Configure the DMA_MUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
(+) To handle the DMAMUX Interrupts, the function HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be called from
the DMAMUX IRQ handler i.e DMAMUX1_OVR_IRQHandler or DMAMUX2_OVR_IRQHandler .
As only one interrupt line is available for all DMAMUX channels and request generators , HAL_DMA_MUX_IRQHandler should be
called with, as parameter, the appropriate DMA handle as many as used DMAs in the user project
(exception done if a given DMA is not using the DMAMUX SYNC block neither a request generator)
-@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed.
-@- When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled, the transfer is circular by default.
-@- In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for
the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_SxM0AR or DMA_SxM1AR) when the stream is enabled.
-@- Multi (Double) buffer mode is only possible with D2 DMAs i.e DMA1 or DMA2. not BDMA.
Multi (Double) buffer mode is not possible with D3 BDMA.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
* @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
#define DMAMUX_POSITION_CxCR_SE (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(DMAMUX_CxCR_SE) /*!< Required for left shift of the DMAMUX SYNC enable/disable */
#define DMAMUX_POSITION_CxCR_EGE (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(DMAMUX_CxCR_EGE) /*!< Required for left shift of the DMAMUX SYNC EVENT enable/disable */
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer with interrupt
(+) Change on the fly the memory0 or memory1 address.
(+) Configure the DMA_MUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
(+) Configure the DMA_MUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
(+) Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
(+) Handle DMAMUX interrupts using HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler : should be called from
the DMAMUX IRQ handler i.e DMAMUX1_OVR_IRQHandler or DMAMUX2_OVR_IRQHandler
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer.
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
__IO uint32_t *ifcRegister_Base = NULL; /* DMA Stream Interrupt Clear register */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Memory-to-memory transfer not supported in double buffering mode */
/* double buffering mode not supported for BDMA (D3 DMA) */
if ( (IS_D2_DMA_INSTANCE(hdma) == 0U) || (hdma->Init.Direction == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
{
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize the error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Enable the double buffer mode */
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Calculate the interrupt clear flag register (IFCR) base address */
ifcRegister_Base = (uint32_t *)((uint32_t)(hdma->StreamBaseAddress + 8U));
/* Clear all flags */
*ifcRegister_Base = 0x3FU << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
{
/* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
}
/* Enable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
}
else
{
/* Set the error code to busy */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_BUSY;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
__IO uint32_t *ifcRegister_Base = NULL; /* DMA Stream Interrupt Clear register */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Memory-to-memory transfer not supported in double buffering mode */
/* double buffering mode not supported for BDMA (D3 DMA) */
if( (IS_D2_DMA_INSTANCE(hdma) == 0U) || (hdma->Init.Direction == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
{
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize the error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Enable the Double buffer mode */
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Calculate the interrupt clear flag register (IFCR) base address */
ifcRegister_Base = (uint32_t *)((uint32_t)(hdma->StreamBaseAddress + 8U));
/* Clear all flags */
*ifcRegister_Base = 0x3FU << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
{
/* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
}
/* Enable Common interrupts*/
MODIFY_REG(((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->CR, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_DME | DMA_IT_HT), (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_DME));
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->FCR |= DMA_IT_FE;
if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
{
/*Enable Half Transfer IT if corresponding Callback is set*/
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->CR |= DMA_IT_HT;
}
/* Check if DMAMUX Synchronization is enabled*/
if((hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR & DMAMUX_CxCR_SE) != 0)
{
/* Enable DMAMUX sync overrun IT*/
hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR |= DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
}
if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
{
/* if using DMAMUX request generator, enable the DMAMUX request generator overrun IT*/
/* enable the request gen overrun IT*/
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
}
/* Enable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
}
else
{
/* Set the error code to busy */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_BUSY;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Change the memory0 or memory1 address on the fly.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param Address: The new address
* @param memory: the memory to be changed, This parameter can be one of
* the following values:
* MEMORY0 /
* MEMORY1
* @note The MEMORY0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
* MEMORY1 and the MEMORY1 address can be changed only when the current
* transfer use MEMORY0.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t Address, HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef memory)
{
if(memory == MEMORY0)
{
/* change the memory0 address */
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->M0AR = Address;
}
else
{
/* change the memory1 address */
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->M1AR = Address;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Configure the DMAMUX synchronization parameters for a given DMA stream (instance).
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param pSyncConfig : pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef : contains the DMAMUX synchronization parameters
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef *pSyncConfig)
{
uint32_t syncSignalID = 0;
uint32_t syncPolarity = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_STREAM_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_STATE(pSyncConfig->SyncEnable));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_EVENT(pSyncConfig->EventEnable));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_REQUEST_NUMBER(pSyncConfig->RequestNumber));
if(pSyncConfig->SyncEnable == ENABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_POLARITY(pSyncConfig->SyncPolarity));
if(IS_D2_DMA_INSTANCE(hdma) != 0U)
{
assert_param(IS_D2_DMAMUX_SYNC_SIGNAL_ID(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_D3_DMAMUX_SYNC_SIGNAL_ID(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID));
}
syncSignalID = pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID;
syncPolarity = pSyncConfig->SyncPolarity;
}
/*Check if the DMA state is ready */
if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Disable the synchronization and event generation before applying a new config */
CLEAR_BIT(hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR,(DMAMUX_CxCR_SE | DMAMUX_CxCR_EGE));
/* Set the new synchronization parameters (and keep the request ID filled during the Init)*/
MODIFY_REG( hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR, \
(~DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID) , \
(syncSignalID << POSITION_VAL(DMAMUX_CxCR_SYNC_ID)) | \
((pSyncConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << POSITION_VAL(DMAMUX_CxCR_NBREQ)) | \
syncPolarity | (pSyncConfig->SyncEnable << DMAMUX_POSITION_CxCR_SE) | \
(pSyncConfig->EventEnable << DMAMUX_POSITION_CxCR_EGE));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
/* Set the error code to busy */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_BUSY;
/* Return error status */
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA stream (instance).
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param pRequestGeneratorConfig : pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef :
* contains the request generator parameters.
*
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef *pRequestGeneratorConfig)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_STREAM_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
if(IS_D2_DMA_INSTANCE(hdma) != 0U)
{
assert_param(IS_D2_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_SIGNAL_ID(pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_D3_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_SIGNAL_ID(pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID));
}
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_POLARITY(pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_REQUEST_NUMBER(pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber));
/* check if the DMA state is ready
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
*/
if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen == 0U)
{
/* Set the error code to busy */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_PARAM;
/* error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else if((hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) && ((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR & DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE) == 0))
{
/* RequestGenerator must be disable prior to the configuration i.e GE bit is 0 */
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Set the request generator new parameters*/
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID | \
((pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << POSITION_VAL(DMAMUX_RGxCR_NBREQ))| \
pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
/* Set the error code to busy */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_BUSY;
/* error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA stream (instance).
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_STREAM_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
/* check if the DMA state is ready
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
*/
if((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U))
{
/* Enable the request generator*/
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Disable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA stream (instance).
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_STREAM_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
/* check if the DMA state is ready
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
*/
if((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U))
{
/* Disable the request generator*/
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handles DMAMUX interrupt request.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check for DMAMUX Synchronization overrun */
if((hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CSR & hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask) != 0U)
{
/* Disable the synchro overrun interrupt */
hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
/* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_SYNC;
if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0)
{
/* if using a DMAMUX request generator block Check for DMAMUX request generator overrun */
if((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGSR & hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask) != 0U)
{
/* Disable the request gen overrun interrupt */
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
/* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_REQGEN;
if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set the DMA Transfer parameter.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Configure DMA Stream data length */
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->NDTR = DataLength;
/* Peripheral to Memory */
if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
{
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->PAR = DstAddress;
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->M0AR = SrcAddress;
}
/* Memory to Peripheral */
else
{
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->PAR = SrcAddress;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->M0AR = DstAddress;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_eth.c
+2603
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_eth_ex.c
+571
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_eth_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief ETH HAL Extended module driver.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup ETHEx ETHEx
* @brief ETH HAL Extended module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup ETHEx_Private_Constants ETHEx Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define ETH_MACL4CR_MASK (ETH_MACL3L4CR_L4PEN | ETH_MACL3L4CR_L4SPM | \
ETH_MACL3L4CR_L4SPIM | ETH_MACL3L4CR_L4DPM | \
ETH_MACL3L4CR_L4DPIM)
#define ETH_MACL3CR_MASK (ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3PEN | ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3SAM | \
ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3SAIM | ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3DAM | \
ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3DAIM | ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3HSBM | \
ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3HDBM)
#define ETH_MACRXVLAN_MASK (ETH_MACVTR_EIVLRXS | ETH_MACVTR_EIVLS | \
ETH_MACVTR_ERIVLT | ETH_MACVTR_EDVLP | \
ETH_MACVTR_VTHM | ETH_MACVTR_EVLRXS | \
ETH_MACVTR_EVLS | ETH_MACVTR_DOVLTC | \
ETH_MACVTR_ERSVLM | ETH_MACVTR_ESVL | \
ETH_MACVTR_VTIM | ETH_MACVTR_ETV)
#define ETH_MACTXVLAN_MASK (ETH_MACVIR_VLTI | ETH_MACVIR_CSVL | \
ETH_MACVIR_VLP | ETH_MACVIR_VLC)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup ETHEx_Exported_Functions ETH Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup ETHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
* @brief Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure ARP offload module
(+) Configure L3 and L4 filters
(+) Configure Extended VLAN features
(+) Configure Energy Efficient Ethernet module
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables ARP Offload.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ETHEx_EnableARPOffload(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
{
SET_BIT(heth->Instance->MACCR, ETH_MACCR_ARP);
}
/**
* @brief Disables ARP Offload.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ETHEx_DisableARPOffload(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
{
CLEAR_BIT(heth->Instance->MACCR, ETH_MACCR_ARP);
}
/**
* @brief Set the ARP Match IP address
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @param IpAddress: IP Address to be matched for incoming ARP requests
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ETHEx_SetARPAddressMatch(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t IpAddress)
{
WRITE_REG(heth->Instance->MACARPAR, IpAddress);
}
/**
* @brief Configures the L4 Filter, this function allow to:
* set the layer 4 protocol to be matched (TCP or UDP)
* enable/disable L4 source/destination port perfect/inverse match.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @param Filter: L4 filter to configured, this parameter must be one of the following
* ETH_L4_FILTER_0
* ETH_L4_FILTER_1
* @param pL4FilterConfig: pointer to a ETH_L4FilterConfigTypeDef structure
* that contains L4 filter configuration.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETHEx_SetL4FilterConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t Filter , ETH_L4FilterConfigTypeDef *pL4FilterConfig)
{
__IO uint32_t *configreg = ((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3L4C0R) + Filter));
if(pL4FilterConfig == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Write configuration to (MACL3L4C0R + filter )register */
MODIFY_REG(*configreg, ETH_MACL4CR_MASK ,(pL4FilterConfig->Protocol |
pL4FilterConfig->SrcPortFilterMatch |
pL4FilterConfig->DestPortFilterMatch));
configreg = ((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL4A0R) + Filter));
/* Write configuration to (MACL4A0R + filter )register */
MODIFY_REG(*configreg, (ETH_MACL4AR_L4DP | ETH_MACL4AR_L4SP) , (pL4FilterConfig->SourcePort |
(pL4FilterConfig->DestinationPort << 16)));
/* Enable L4 filter */
SET_BIT(heth->Instance->MACPFR, ETH_MACPFR_IPFE);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the L4 Filter, this function allow to:
* set the layer 4 protocol to be matched (TCP or UDP)
* enable/disable L4 source/destination port perfect/inverse match.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @param Filter: L4 filter to configured, this parameter must be one of the following
* ETH_L4_FILTER_0
* ETH_L4_FILTER_1
* @param pL4FilterConfig: pointer to a ETH_L4FilterConfigTypeDef structure
* that contains L4 filter configuration.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETHEx_GetL4FilterConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t Filter, ETH_L4FilterConfigTypeDef *pL4FilterConfig)
{
if(pL4FilterConfig == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Get configuration to (MACL3L4C0R + filter )register */
pL4FilterConfig->Protocol = READ_BIT(*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3L4C0R) + Filter)), ETH_MACL3L4CR_L4PEN);
pL4FilterConfig->DestPortFilterMatch = READ_BIT(*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3L4C0R) + Filter)), (ETH_MACL3L4CR_L4DPM | ETH_MACL3L4CR_L4DPIM));
pL4FilterConfig->SrcPortFilterMatch = READ_BIT(*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3L4C0R) + Filter)), (ETH_MACL3L4CR_L4SPM | ETH_MACL3L4CR_L4SPIM));
/* Get configuration to (MACL3L4C0R + filter )register */
pL4FilterConfig->DestinationPort = (READ_BIT(*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL4A0R) + Filter)), ETH_MACL4AR_L4DP) >> 16);
pL4FilterConfig->SourcePort = READ_BIT(*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL4A0R) + Filter)), ETH_MACL4AR_L4SP);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the L3 Filter, this function allow to:
* set the layer 3 protocol to be matched (IPv4 or IPv6)
* enable/disable L3 source/destination port perfect/inverse match.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @param Filter: L3 filter to configured, this parameter must be one of the following
* ETH_L3_FILTER_0
* ETH_L3_FILTER_1
* @param pL3FilterConfig: pointer to a ETH_L3FilterConfigTypeDef structure
* that contains L3 filter configuration.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETHEx_SetL3FilterConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t Filter, ETH_L3FilterConfigTypeDef *pL3FilterConfig)
{
__IO uint32_t *configreg = ((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3L4C0R) + Filter));
if(pL3FilterConfig == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Write configuration to (MACL3L4C0R + filter )register */
MODIFY_REG(*configreg, ETH_MACL3CR_MASK, (pL3FilterConfig->Protocol |
pL3FilterConfig->SrcAddrFilterMatch |
pL3FilterConfig->DestAddrFilterMatch |
(pL3FilterConfig->SrcAddrHigherBitsMatch << 6) |
(pL3FilterConfig->DestAddrHigherBitsMatch << 11)));
/* Check if IPv6 protocol is selected */
if(pL3FilterConfig->Protocol != ETH_L3_IPV4_MATCH)
{
/* Set the IPv6 address match */
/* Set Bits[31:0] of 128-bit IP addr */
*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3A0R0R) + Filter)) = pL3FilterConfig->Ip6Addr[0];
/* Set Bits[63:32] of 128-bit IP addr */
*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3A1R0R) + Filter)) = pL3FilterConfig->Ip6Addr[1];
/* update Bits[95:64] of 128-bit IP addr */
*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3A2R0R) + Filter)) = pL3FilterConfig->Ip6Addr[2];
/* update Bits[127:96] of 128-bit IP addr */
*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3A3R0R) + Filter)) = pL3FilterConfig->Ip6Addr[3];
}
else /* IPv4 protocol is selected */
{
/* Set the IPv4 source address match */
*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3A0R0R) + Filter)) = pL3FilterConfig->Ip4SrcAddr;
/* Set the IPv4 destination address match */
*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3A1R0R) + Filter)) = pL3FilterConfig->Ip4DestAddr;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the L3 Filter, this function allow to:
* set the layer 3 protocol to be matched (IPv4 or IPv6)
* enable/disable L3 source/destination port perfect/inverse match.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @param Filter: L3 filter to configured, this parameter must be one of the following
* ETH_L3_FILTER_0
* ETH_L3_FILTER_1
* @param pL3FilterConfig: pointer to a ETH_L3FilterConfigTypeDef structure
* that will contain the L3 filter configuration.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETHEx_GetL3FilterConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t Filter, ETH_L3FilterConfigTypeDef *pL3FilterConfig)
{
if(pL3FilterConfig == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
pL3FilterConfig->Protocol = READ_BIT(*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3L4C0R) + Filter)), ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3PEN);
pL3FilterConfig->SrcAddrFilterMatch = READ_BIT(*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3L4C0R) + Filter)), (ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3SAM | ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3SAIM));
pL3FilterConfig->DestAddrFilterMatch = READ_BIT(*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3L4C0R) + Filter)), (ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3DAM | ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3DAIM));
pL3FilterConfig->SrcAddrHigherBitsMatch = (READ_BIT(*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3L4C0R) + Filter)), ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3HSBM) >> 6);
pL3FilterConfig->DestAddrHigherBitsMatch = (READ_BIT(*((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3L4C0R) + Filter)), ETH_MACL3L4CR_L3HDBM) >> 11);
if(pL3FilterConfig->Protocol != ETH_L3_IPV4_MATCH)
{
pL3FilterConfig->Ip6Addr[0] = *((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3A0R0R) + Filter));
pL3FilterConfig->Ip6Addr[1] = *((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3A1R0R) + Filter));
pL3FilterConfig->Ip6Addr[2] = *((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3A2R0R) + Filter));
pL3FilterConfig->Ip6Addr[3] = *((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3A3R0R) + Filter));
}
else
{
pL3FilterConfig->Ip4SrcAddr = *((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3A0R0R) + Filter));
pL3FilterConfig->Ip4DestAddr = *((__IO uint32_t *)(&(heth->Instance->MACL3A1R0R) + Filter));
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enables L3 and L4 filtering process.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_ETHEx_EnableL3L4Filtering(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
{
/* Enable L3/L4 filter */
SET_BIT(heth->Instance->MACPFR, ETH_MACPFR_IPFE);
}
/**
* @brief Disables L3 and L4 filtering process.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_ETHEx_DisableL3L4Filtering(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
{
/* Disable L3/L4 filter */
CLEAR_BIT(heth->Instance->MACPFR, ETH_MACPFR_IPFE);
}
/**
* @brief Get the VLAN Configuration for Receive Packets.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @param pVlanConfig: pointer to a ETH_RxVLANConfigTypeDef structure
* that will contain the VLAN filter configuration.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETHEx_GetRxVLANConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_RxVLANConfigTypeDef *pVlanConfig)
{
if(pVlanConfig == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
pVlanConfig->InnerVLANTagInStatus = (FunctionalState)(READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVTR, ETH_MACVTR_EIVLRXS) >> 31);
pVlanConfig->StripInnerVLANTag = READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVTR, ETH_MACVTR_EIVLS);
pVlanConfig->InnerVLANTag = (FunctionalState)(READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVTR, ETH_MACVTR_ERIVLT) >> 27);
pVlanConfig->DoubleVLANProcessing = (FunctionalState)(READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVTR, ETH_MACVTR_EDVLP) >> 26);
pVlanConfig->VLANTagHashTableMatch = (FunctionalState)(READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVTR, ETH_MACVTR_VTHM) >> 25);
pVlanConfig->VLANTagInStatus = (FunctionalState)(READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVTR, ETH_MACVTR_EVLRXS) >> 24);
pVlanConfig->StripVLANTag = READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVTR, ETH_MACVTR_EVLS);
pVlanConfig->VLANTypeCheck = READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVTR, (ETH_MACVTR_DOVLTC | ETH_MACVTR_ERSVLM | ETH_MACVTR_ESVL));
pVlanConfig->VLANTagInverceMatch = (FunctionalState)(READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVTR, ETH_MACVTR_VTIM) >> 17);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the VLAN Configuration for Receive Packets.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @param pVlanConfig: pointer to a ETH_RxVLANConfigTypeDef structure
* that contains VLAN filter configuration.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETHEx_SetRxVLANConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_RxVLANConfigTypeDef *pVlanConfig)
{
if(pVlanConfig == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Write config to MACVTR */
MODIFY_REG(heth->Instance->MACVTR, ETH_MACRXVLAN_MASK, ((uint32_t)(pVlanConfig->InnerVLANTagInStatus << 31) |
pVlanConfig->StripInnerVLANTag |
(uint32_t)(pVlanConfig->InnerVLANTag << 27) |
(uint32_t)(pVlanConfig->DoubleVLANProcessing << 26) |
(uint32_t)(pVlanConfig->VLANTagHashTableMatch << 25) |
(uint32_t)(pVlanConfig->VLANTagInStatus << 24) |
pVlanConfig->StripVLANTag |
pVlanConfig->VLANTypeCheck |
(uint32_t)(pVlanConfig->VLANTagInverceMatch << 17)));
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the VLAN Hash Table
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @param VLANHashTable: VLAN hash table 16 bit value
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ETHEx_SetVLANHashTable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t VLANHashTable)
{
MODIFY_REG(heth->Instance->MACVHTR, ETH_MACVHTR_VLHT, VLANHashTable);
}
/**
* @brief Get the VLAN Configuration for Transmit Packets.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @param VLANTag: Selects the vlan tag, this parameter must be one of the following
* ETH_OUTER_TX_VLANTAG
* ETH_INNER_TX_VLANTAG
* @param pVlanConfig: pointer to a ETH_TxVLANConfigTypeDef structure
* that will contain the Tx VLAN filter configuration.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETHEx_GetTxVLANConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t VLANTag ,ETH_TxVLANConfigTypeDef *pVlanConfig)
{
if (pVlanConfig == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if(VLANTag == ETH_INNER_TX_VLANTAG)
{
pVlanConfig->SourceTxDesc = (FunctionalState)(READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACIVIR, ETH_MACVIR_VLTI) >> 20);
pVlanConfig->SVLANType = (FunctionalState)(READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACIVIR, ETH_MACVIR_CSVL) >> 19);
pVlanConfig->VLANTagControl = READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACIVIR, (ETH_MACVIR_VLP | ETH_MACVIR_VLC));
}
else
{
pVlanConfig->SourceTxDesc = (FunctionalState)(READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVIR, ETH_MACVIR_VLTI) >> 20);
pVlanConfig->SVLANType = (FunctionalState)(READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVIR, ETH_MACVIR_CSVL) >> 19);
pVlanConfig->VLANTagControl = READ_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVIR, (ETH_MACVIR_VLP | ETH_MACVIR_VLC));
}
return HAL_OK;;
}
/**
* @brief Set the VLAN Configuration for Transmit Packets.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @param VLANTag: Selects the vlan tag, this parameter must be one of the following
* ETH_OUTER_TX_VLANTAG
* ETH_INNER_TX_VLANTAG
* @param pVlanConfig: pointer to a ETH_TxVLANConfigTypeDef structure
* that contains Tx VLAN filter configuration.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETHEx_SetTxVLANConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t VLANTag ,ETH_TxVLANConfigTypeDef *pVlanConfig)
{
if(VLANTag == ETH_INNER_TX_VLANTAG)
{
MODIFY_REG(heth->Instance->MACIVIR, ETH_MACTXVLAN_MASK, ((uint32_t)(pVlanConfig->SourceTxDesc << 20) |
(uint32_t)(pVlanConfig->SVLANType << 19) |
pVlanConfig->VLANTagControl));
/* Enable Double VLAN processing */
SET_BIT(heth->Instance->MACVTR, ETH_MACVTR_EDVLP);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(heth->Instance->MACVIR, ETH_MACTXVLAN_MASK, ((uint32_t)(pVlanConfig->SourceTxDesc << 20) |
(uint32_t)(pVlanConfig->SVLANType << 19) |
pVlanConfig->VLANTagControl));
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the VLAN Tag Identifier for Transmit Packets.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @param VLANTag: Selects the vlan tag, this parameter must be one of the following
* ETH_OUTER_TX_VLANTAG
* ETH_INNER_TX_VLANTAG
* @param VLANIdentifier: VLAN Identifier 16 bit value
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ETHEx_SetTxVLANIdentifier(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t VLANTag ,uint32_t VLANIdentifier)
{
if(VLANTag == ETH_INNER_TX_VLANTAG)
{
MODIFY_REG(heth->Instance->MACIVIR, ETH_MACVIR_VLT, VLANIdentifier);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(heth->Instance->MACVIR, ETH_MACVIR_VLT, VLANIdentifier);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables the VLAN Tag Filtering process.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_ETHEx_EnableVLANProcessing(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
{
/* Enable VLAN processing */
SET_BIT(heth->Instance->MACPFR, ETH_MACPFR_VTFE);
}
/**
* @brief Disables the VLAN Tag Filtering process.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_ETHEx_DisableVLANProcessing(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
{
/* Disable VLAN processing */
CLEAR_BIT(heth->Instance->MACPFR, ETH_MACPFR_VTFE);
}
/**
* @brief Enters the Low Power Idle (LPI) mode
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @param TxAutomate: Enable/Disbale automate enter/exit LPI mode.
* @param TxClockStop: Enable/Disbale Tx clock stop in LPI mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ETHEx_EnterLPIMode(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, FunctionalState TxAutomate, FunctionalState TxClockStop)
{
/* Enable LPI Interrupts */
__HAL_ETH_MAC_ENABLE_IT(heth, ETH_MACIER_LPIIE);
/* Write to LPI Control register: Enter low power mode */
MODIFY_REG(heth->Instance->MACLCSR, (ETH_MACLCSR_LPIEN | ETH_MACLCSR_LPITXA | ETH_MACLCSR_LPITCSE), (((uint32_t)TxAutomate << 19) |
((uint32_t)TxClockStop << 21) |
ETH_MACLCSR_LPIEN));
}
/**
* @brief Exits the Low Power Idle (LPI) mode.
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ETHEx_ExitLPIMode(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
{
/* Clear the LPI Config and exit low power mode */
CLEAR_BIT(heth->Instance->MACLCSR, (ETH_MACLCSR_LPIEN | ETH_MACLCSR_LPITXA | ETH_MACLCSR_LPITCSE));
/* Enable LPI Interrupts */
__HAL_ETH_MAC_DISABLE_IT(heth, ETH_MACIER_LPIIE);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the ETH MAC LPI event
* @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for ETHERNET module
* @retval ETH MAC WakeUp event
*/
uint32_t HAL_ETHEx_GetMACLPIEvent(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
{
return heth->MACLPIEvent;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_fdcan.c
+4775
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_flash.c
+948
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,948 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_flash.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
* + Program operations functions
* + Memory Control functions
* + Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AXI I-Code and D-Code accesses
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
[..] The FLASH main features are:
(+) Flash memory read operations
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
(+) Read / write protections
(+) Option bytes programming
(+) Error code correction (ECC) : Data in flash are 266-bits word
(10 bits added per double word)
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
memory of all STM32H7xx devices.
(#) FLASH Memory IO Programming functions:
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
(++) Program functions: double word only
(++) There Two modes of programming :
(+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
(+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions :
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
(++) Callback functions are called when the flash operations are finished :
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback() when everything is ok, otherwise
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback()
(++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_FLASH_GetError()
(#) Option bytes management functions :
(++) Lock and Unlock the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() functions
(++) Launch the reload of the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_Launch() function.
In this case, a reset is generated
[..]
In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
to handle the following operations:
(+) Set the latency
(+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
(+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
[..]
(@) For any Flash memory program operation (erase or program), the CPU clock frequency
(HCLK) must be at least 1MHz.
(@) The contents of the Flash memory are not guaranteed if a device reset occurs during
a Flash memory operation.
(@) Any attempt to read the Flash memory while it is being written or erased, causes the
bus to stall. Read operations are processed correctly once the program operation has
completed. This means that code or data fetches cannot be performed while a write/erase
operation is ongoing
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)50000U)/* 50 s */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(uint32_t Bank);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Group1 Programming operation functions
* @brief Programming operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Programming operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
program operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Program flash word of 256 bits at a specified address
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param FlashAddress specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param DataAddress specifies the address of data (256 bits) to be programmed
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t FlashAddress, uint64_t DataAddress)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
__IO uint64_t *dest_addr = (__IO uint64_t *)FlashAddress;
__IO uint64_t *src_addr = (__IO uint64_t*)((uint32_t)DataAddress);
uint32_t bank;
uint8_t row_index = 4;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(FlashAddress));
if(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS_BANK1(FlashAddress))
{
bank = FLASH_BANK_1;
}
else
{
bank = FLASH_BANK_2;
}
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE, bank);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
if(bank == FLASH_BANK_1)
{
/* Clear bank 1 pending flags (if any) */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_FLAG_QW_BANK1 | FLASH_FLAG_WBNE_BANK1 | FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS_BANK1);
/* Set PG bit */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR1, FLASH_CR_PG);
}
else
{
/* Clear bank 2 pending flags (if any) */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_QW_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_WBNE_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS_BANK2);
/* Set PG bit */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR_PG);
}
/* Program the 256 bits flash word */
do
{
*dest_addr++ = *src_addr++;
} while (--row_index != 0);
__DSB();
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE, bank);
if(bank == FLASH_BANK_1)
{
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1);
}
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG*/
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR1, FLASH_CR_PG);
}
else
{
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2);
}
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR_PG);
}
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Program flash words of 256 bits at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param FlashAddress specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param DataAddress specifies the address of data (256 bits) to be programmed
*
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t FlashAddress, uint64_t DataAddress)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
__IO uint64_t *dest_addr = (__IO uint64_t*)FlashAddress;
__IO uint64_t *src_addr = (__IO uint64_t*)((uint32_t)DataAddress);
uint32_t bank;
uint8_t row_index = 4;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(FlashAddress));
if(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS_BANK1(FlashAddress))
{
bank = FLASH_BANK_1;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_BANK1;
}
else
{
bank = FLASH_BANK_2;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_BANK2;
}
/* Set internal variables used by the IRQ handler */
pFlash.Address = FlashAddress;
if(bank == FLASH_BANK_1)
{
/* Clear bank 1 pending flags (if any) */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS_BANK1);
/* Set PG bit */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR1, FLASH_CR_PG);
/* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts for Bank 1 */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT_BANK1(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_WRPERR_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_PGSERR_BANK1 | \
FLASH_IT_STRBERR_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_INCERR_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_OPERR_BANK1);
}
else
{
/* Clear bank 2 pending flags (if any) */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS_BANK2);
/* Set PG bit */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR_PG);
/* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts for Bank2*/
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT_BANK2(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_WRPERR_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_PGSERR_BANK2 | \
FLASH_IT_STRBERR_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_INCERR_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_OPERR_BANK2);
}
/* Program the 256 bits flash word */
do
{
*dest_addr++ = *src_addr++;
} while (--row_index != 0);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
{
uint32_t temp;
/* Check FLASH Bank1 End of Operation flag */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_SR_EOP) != RESET)
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE_BANK1)
{
/*Nb of sector to erased can be decreased*/
pFlash.NbSectorsToErase--;
/* Check if there are still sectors to erase*/
if(pFlash.NbSectorsToErase != 0)
{
temp = pFlash.Sector;
/*Indicate user which sector has been erased*/
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp);
/* Clear pending flags (if any) */
/* Clear bank 1 pending flags (if any) */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS_BANK1);
/*Increment sector number*/
temp = ++pFlash.Sector;
FLASH_Erase_Sector(temp, FLASH_BANK_1/*pFlash.Bank*/, pFlash.VoltageForErase);
}
else
{
/*No more sectors to Erase, user callback can be called.*/
/*Reset Sector and stop Erase sectors procedure*/
pFlash.Sector = temp = 0xFFFFFFFF;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp);
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1);
}
}
else
{
if((pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE_BANK1) || (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_ALLBANK_MASSERASE))
{
/*MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(FLASH_BANK_1);
}
else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_BANK1)
{
/*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
}
if((pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE_BANK2) && \
(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE_BANK2)&& \
(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_BANK2))
{
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1);
}
}
}
/* Check FLASH Bank2 End of Operation flag */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_SR_EOP) != RESET)
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE_BANK2)
{
/*Nb of sector to erased can be decreased*/
pFlash.NbSectorsToErase--;
/* Check if there are still sectors to erase*/
if(pFlash.NbSectorsToErase != 0)
{
temp = pFlash.Sector;
/*Indicate user which sector has been erased*/
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp);
/* Clear pending flags (if any) */
/* Clear bank 2 pending flags (if any) */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS_BANK2);
/*Increment sector number*/
temp = ++pFlash.Sector;
FLASH_Erase_Sector(temp, FLASH_BANK_2 /*pFlash.Bank*/, pFlash.VoltageForErase);
}
else
{
/*No more sectors to Erase, user callback can be called.*/
/*Reset Sector and stop Erase sectors procedure*/
pFlash.Sector = temp = 0xFFFFFFFF;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp);
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2);
}
}
else
{
if((pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE_BANK2) || (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_ALLBANK_MASSERASE))
{
/*MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(FLASH_BANK_2);
}
else
{
/*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
}
if((pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE_BANK1) && \
(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE_BANK1)&& \
(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_BANK1))
{
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2);
}
}
}
/* Check FLASH Bank1 operation error flags */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1((FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK1 | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR_BANK1 | \
FLASH_FLAG_STRBER_BANK1R | FLASH_FLAG_INCERR_BANK1 | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR_BANK1)) != RESET)
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE_BANK1)
{
/*return the faulty sector*/
temp = pFlash.Sector;
pFlash.Sector = 0xFFFFFFFF;
}
else if((pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE_BANK1) || (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_ALLBANK_MASSERASE))
{
/*return the faulty bank*/
temp = FLASH_BANK_1;
}
else
{
/*return the faulty address*/
temp = pFlash.Address;
}
/*Save the Error code*/
FLASH_SetErrorCode(FLASH_BANK_1);
/* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(temp);
/* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK1((FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK1 | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR_BANK1 | \
FLASH_FLAG_STRBER_BANK1R | FLASH_FLAG_INCERR_BANK1 | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR_BANK1));
/*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
/* Check FLASH Bank2 operation error flags */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK2((FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR_BANK2 | \
FLASH_FLAG_STRBER_BANK2R | FLASH_FLAG_INCERR_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR_BANK2)) != RESET)
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE_BANK2)
{
/*return the faulty sector*/
temp = pFlash.Sector;
pFlash.Sector = 0xFFFFFFFF;
}
else if((pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE_BANK2) || (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_ALLBANK_MASSERASE))
{
/*return the faulty bank*/
temp = FLASH_BANK_2;
}
else
{
/*return the faulty address*/
temp = pFlash.Address;
}
/*Save the Error code*/
FLASH_SetErrorCode(FLASH_BANK_2);
/* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(temp);
/* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG_BANK2((FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR_BANK2 | \
FLASH_FLAG_STRBER_BANK2R | FLASH_FLAG_INCERR_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR_BANK2));
/*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
{
/* Disable Bank1 Operation and Error source interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT_BANK1(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_WRPERR_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_PGSERR_BANK1 | \
FLASH_IT_STRBERR_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_INCERR_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_OPERR_BANK1);
/* Disable Bank2 Operation and Error source interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT_BANK2(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_WRPERR_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_PGSERR_BANK2 | \
FLASH_IT_STRBERR_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_INCERR_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_OPERR_BANK2);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
}
}
/**
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase Bank number which has been requested to erase
* Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased
* (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected sectors have been erased)
* Program Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
* Sectors Erase: Sector number which returned an error
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
memory operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control registers access
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
{
if((READ_BIT(FLASH->CR1, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET) && (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET))
{
/* Authorize the FLASH A Registers access */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR1, FLASH_KEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR1, FLASH_KEY2);
/* Authorize the FLASH B Registers access */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY2);
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Locks the FLASH control registers access
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH A Registers access */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR1, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH B Registers access */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
{
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTCR, FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET)
{
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPT_KEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPT_KEY2);
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH A and B Option Byte Registers access */
SET_BIT(FLASH->OPTCR, FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
/* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
SET_BIT(FLASH->OPTCR, FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTART);
/* Wait for OB change operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_OB_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
* @brief Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval HAL_FLASH_ERRORCode The returned value can be:
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE: No error set
*
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP_BANK1: Write Protection Error on Bank 1
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS_BANK1 : Program Sequence Error on Bank 1
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_STRB_BANK1 : Strobe Error on Bank 1
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_INC_BANK1 : Inconsistency Error on Bank 1
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPE_BANK1 : Operation Error on Bank 1
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RDP_BANK1 : Read Protection Error on Bank 1
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RDS_BANK1 : Read Secured Error on Bank 1
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SNECC_BANK1: SNECC Error on Bank 1
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_DBECC_BANK1: Double Detection ECC on Bank 1
*
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP_BANK2 : Write Protection Error on Bank 2
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS_BANK2 : Program Sequence Error on Bank 2
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_STRB_BANK2 : Strobe Error on Bank 2
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_INC_BANK2 : Inconsistency Error on Bank 2
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPE_BANK2 : Operation Error on Bank 2
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RDP_BANK2 : Read Protection Error on Bank 2
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RDS_BANK2 : Read Secured Error on Bank 2
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SNECC_BANK2: SNECC Error on Bank 2
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_DBECC_BANK2: Double Detection ECC on Bank 2
*/
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
{
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
* @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
* @param Bank flash FLASH_BANK_1 or FLASH_BANK_2
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
flag will be set */
uint32_t bsyflag, errorflag = 0;
uint32_t timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout;
assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK_EXCLUSIVE(Bank));
if(Bank == FLASH_BANK_1)
{
bsyflag = FLASH_FLAG_BSY_BANK1 | FLASH_FLAG_QW_BANK1;
if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_SWAP_BANK) == 0)
{
bsyflag |= FLASH_FLAG_WBNE_BANK1;
}
else
{
bsyflag |= FLASH_FLAG_WBNE_BANK2;
}
}
else
{
bsyflag = FLASH_FLAG_BSY_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_QW_BANK2;
if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_SWAP_BANK) == 0)
{
bsyflag |= FLASH_FLAG_WBNE_BANK2;
}
else
{
bsyflag |= FLASH_FLAG_WBNE_BANK1;
}
}
while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(bsyflag))
{
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if(HAL_GetTick() >= timeout)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
if((Bank == FLASH_BANK_1) && ((FLASH->SR1 & FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS_BANK1) != RESET))
{
errorflag = FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS_BANK1;
}
else if((Bank == FLASH_BANK_2) && ((FLASH->SR2 & FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS_BANK2 & 0x7FFFFFFF) != RESET))
{
errorflag = FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS_BANK2;
}
if(errorflag != 0)
{
/*Save the error code*/
FLASH_SetErrorCode(Bank);
/* Clear error programming flags */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(errorflag);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* If there is an error flag set */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Wait for a FLASH Option Bytes change operation to complete.
* @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout;
/* Wait for the FLASH Option Bytes change operation to complete by polling on OPT_BUSY flag to be reset.*/
while(FLASH->OPTSR_CUR & FLASH_OPTSR_OPT_BUSY)
{
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if(HAL_GetTick() >= timeout)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
if(FLASH->OPTSR_CUR & FLASH_OPTSR_OPTCHANGEERR)
{
/*Save the error code*/
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OB_CHANGE;
/*Clear the OB error flag*/
FLASH->OPTCCR |= FLASH_OPTCCR_CLR_OPTCHANGEERR;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* If there is an error flag set */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(uint32_t Bank)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
if(Bank == FLASH_BANK_1)
{
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK1))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP_BANK1;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR_BANK1))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS_BANK1;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_STRBER_BANK1R))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_STRB_BANK1;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_INCERR_BANK1))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_INC_BANK1;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR_BANK1))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPE_BANK1;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_RDPERR_BANK1))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RDP_BANK1;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_RDSERR_BANK1))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RDS_BANK1;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_SNECCE_BANK1RR))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SNECC_BANK1;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_DBECCE_BANK1RR))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_DBECC_BANK1;
}
}
else if(Bank == FLASH_BANK_2)
{
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP_BANK2;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR_BANK2))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS_BANK2;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_STRBER_BANK2R))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_STRB_BANK2;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_INCERR_BANK2))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_INC_BANK2;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR_BANK2))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPE_BANK2;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_RDPERR_BANK2))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RDP_BANK2;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_RDSERR_BANK2))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RDS_BANK2;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK1(FLASH_FLAG_SNECCE_BANK2RR))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SNECC_BANK2;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG_BANK2(FLASH_FLAG_DBECCE_BANK2RR))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_DBECC_BANK2;
}
}
}
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_flash_ex.c
+1374
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_gpio.c
+551
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each
port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software
in several modes:
(+) Input mode
(+) Analog mode
(+) Output mode
(+) Alternate function mode
(+) External interrupt/event lines
[..]
During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
[..]
All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
activated or not.
[..]
In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
[..]
All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
[..]
The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors
(16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
also be masked independently.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
(++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
(++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.
(++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
or DAC output.
(++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
(#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
(#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
pins).
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
(PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_MODE ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
#define ANALOG_MODE ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define EXTI_MODE ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
#define GPIO_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define GPIO_NUMBER ((uint32_t)16)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs
to be ready for use.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
{
uint32_t position = 0x00;
uint32_t ioposition = 0x00;
uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00;
uint32_t temp = 0x00;
EXTI_Core_TypeDef * EXTI_Ptr = EXTI_D1;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
/* Configure the port pins */
for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
{
/* Get the IO position */
ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position;
/* Get the current IO position */
iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition;
if(iocurrent == ioposition)
{
/*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
{
/* Check the Alternate function parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
/* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3];
temp &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4));
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] = temp;
}
/* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
temp = GPIOx->MODER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2));
GPIOx->MODER = temp;
/* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
(GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
{
/* Check the Speed parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
/* Configure the IO Speed */
temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2));
temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2));
GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
/* Configure the IO Output Type */
temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4) << position);
GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
}
/* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2));
GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
/*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
{
/* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
temp &= ~(((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] = temp;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
temp = EXTI_Ptr->IMR1;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI_Ptr->IMR1 = temp;
temp = EXTI_Ptr->EMR1;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI_Ptr->EMR1 = temp;
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
temp = EXTI->RTSR1;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->RTSR1 = temp;
temp = EXTI->FTSR1;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->FTSR1 = temp;
}
}
}
}
/**
* @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t position;
uint32_t ioposition = 0x00;
uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00;
uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
/* Configure the port pins */
for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
{
/* Get the IO position */
ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position;
/* Get the current IO position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & ioposition;
if(iocurrent == ioposition)
{
/*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Configure IO in Analog Mode */
GPIOx->MODER |= (GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2));
/* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
/* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2));
/* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
/* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2));
/*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
tmp &= (((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
if(tmp == ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03))))
{
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] &= ~tmp;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
EXTI_D1->IMR1 &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
EXTI_D1->EMR1 &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
EXTI->RTSR1 &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
EXTI->FTSR1 &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
}
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Reads the specified input port pin.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The input port pin value.
*/
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
*
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
* the read and the modify access.
*
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @param PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
* This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
* @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
* @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
GPIOx->BSRRL = GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BSRRH = GPIO_Pin ;
}
}
/**
* @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins.
* @param GPIOx: Where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin;
}
/**
* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
* until the next reset.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32H7 family
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Apply lock key write sequence */
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Read LCKK bit*/
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET)
{
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* EXTI line interrupt detected */
if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET)
{
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
}
}
/**
* @brief EXTI line detection callback.
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_hash.c
+2663
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_hash_ex.c
+932
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,932 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_hash_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief Extended HASH HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the HASH peripheral for SHA-224 and SHA-256
* alogrithms:
* + HASH or HMAC processing in polling mode
* + HASH or HMAC processing in interrupt mode
* + HASH or HMAC processing in DMA mode
* Additionally, this file provides functions to manage HMAC
* multi-buffer DMA-based processing for MD-5, SHA-1, SHA-224
* and SHA-256.
*
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HASH peripheral extended features #####
===============================================================================
[..]
The SHA-224 and SHA-256 HASH and HMAC processing can be carried out exactly
the same way as for SHA-1 or MD-5 algorithms.
(#) Three modes are available.
(##) Polling mode: processing APIs are blocking functions
i.e. they process the data and wait till the digest computation is finished,
e.g. HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start()
(##) Interrupt mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions
i.e. they process the data under interrupt,
e.g. HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_IT()
(##) DMA mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions and the CPU is
not used for data transfer i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA,
e.g. HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_DMA(). Note that in DMA mode, a call to
HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish() is then required to retrieve the digest.
(#)Multi-buffer processing is possible in polling and DMA mode.
(##) In polling mode, only multi-buffer HASH processing is possible.
API HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Accumulate() must be called for each input buffer, except for the last one.
User must resort to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start() to enter the last one and retrieve as
well the computed digest.
(##) In DMA mode, multi-buffer HASH and HMAC processing are possible.
(+++) HASH processing: once initialization is done, MDMAT bit must be set thru __HAL_HASH_SET_MDMAT() macro.
From that point, each buffer can be fed to the IP thru HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_DMA() API.
Before entering the last buffer, reset the MDMAT bit with __HAL_HASH_RESET_MDMAT()
macro then wrap-up the HASH processing in feeding the last input buffer thru the
same API HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_DMA(). The digest can then be retrieved with a call to
API HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish().
(+++) HMAC processing (MD-5, SHA-1, SHA-224 and SHA-256 must all resort to
extended functions): after initialization, the key and the first input buffer are entered
in the IP with the API HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step1_2_DMA(). This carries out HMAC step 1 and
starts step 2.
The following buffers are next entered with the API HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step2_DMA(). At this
point, the HMAC processing is still carrying out step 2.
Then, step 2 for the last input buffer and step 3 are carried out by a single call
to HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step2_3_DMA().
The digest can finally be retrieved with a call to API HAL_HASH_xxx_Finish() for
MD-5 and SHA-1, to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish() for SHA-224 and SHA-256.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined (HASH)
/** @defgroup HASHEx HASHEx
* @brief HASH HAL extended module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HASHEx_Exported_Functions HASH Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 HASH extended processing functions in polling mode
* @brief HASH extended processing functions using polling mode.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Polling mode HASH extended processing functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode
the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
(+) SHA224
(++) HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start()
(++) HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate()
(+) SHA256
(++) HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start()
(++) HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate()
[..] For a single buffer to be hashed, user can resort to HAL_HASH_xxx_Start().
[..] In case of multi-buffer HASH processing (a single digest is computed while
several buffers are fed to the IP), the user can resort to successive calls
to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Accumulate() and wrap-up the digest computation by a call
to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start().
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode, next process pInBuffer then
* read the computed digest.
* @note Digest is available in pOutBuffer.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @param pOutBuffer: pointer to the computed digest. Digest size is 28 bytes.
* @param Timeout: Timeout value
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
{
return HASH_Start(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, pOutBuffer, Timeout, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224);
}
/**
* @brief If not already done, initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then
* processes pInBuffer.
* @note Consecutive calls to HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate() can be used to feed
* several input buffers back-to-back to the IP that will yield a single
* HASH signature once all buffers have been entered. Wrap-up of input
* buffers feeding and retrieval of digest is done by a call to
* HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start().
* @note Field hhash->Phase of HASH handle is tested to check whether or not
* the IP has already been initialized.
* @note Digest is not retrieved by this API, user must resort to HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start()
* to read it, feeding at the same time the last input buffer to the IP.
* @note The input buffer size (in bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise, the
* HASH digest computation is corrupted. Only HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start() is able
* to manage the ending buffer with a length in bytes not a multiple of 4.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes, must be a multiple of 4.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
return HASH_Accumulate(hhash, pInBuffer, Size,HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode, next process pInBuffer then
* read the computed digest.
* @note Digest is available in pOutBuffer.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @param pOutBuffer: pointer to the computed digest. Digest size is 32 bytes.
* @param Timeout: Timeout value
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
{
return HASH_Start(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, pOutBuffer, Timeout, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256);
}
/**
* @brief If not already done, initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then
* processes pInBuffer.
* @note Consecutive calls to HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate() can be used to feed
* several input buffers back-to-back to the IP that will yield a single
* HASH signature once all buffers have been entered. Wrap-up of input
* buffers feeding and retrieval of digest is done by a call to
* HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start().
* @note Field hhash->Phase of HASH handle is tested to check whether or not
* the IP has already been initialized.
* @note Digest is not retrieved by this API, user must resort to HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start()
* to read it, feeding at the same time the last input buffer to the IP.
* @note The input buffer size (in bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise, the
* HASH digest computation is corrupted. Only HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start() is able
* to manage the ending buffer with a length in bytes not a multiple of 4.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes, must be a multiple of 4.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
return HASH_Accumulate(hhash, pInBuffer, Size,HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 HASH extended processing functions in interrupt mode
* @brief HASH extended processing functions using interrupt mode.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Interruption mode HASH extended processing functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode
the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
(+) SHA224
(++) HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT()
(+) SHA256
(++) HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode, next process pInBuffer then
* read the computed digest in interruption mode.
* @note Digest is available in pOutBuffer.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @param pOutBuffer: pointer to the computed digest. Digest size is 28 bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer)
{
return HASH_Start_IT(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, pOutBuffer,HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode, next process pInBuffer then
* read the computed digest in interruption mode.
* @note Digest is available in pOutBuffer.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @param pOutBuffer: pointer to the computed digest. Digest size is 32 bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer)
{
return HASH_Start_IT(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, pOutBuffer,HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 HASH extended processing functions in DMA mode
* @brief HASH extended processing functions using DMA mode.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### DMA mode HASH extended processing functionss #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode
the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
(+) SHA224
(++) HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA()
(++) HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish()
(+) SHA256
(++) HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA()
(++) HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish()
[..] When resorting to DMA mode to enter the data in the IP, user must resort
to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_DMA() then read the resulting digest with
HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish().
[..] In case of multi-buffer HASH processing, MDMAT bit must first be set before
the successive calls to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_DMA(). Then, MDMAT bit needs to be
reset before the last call to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_DMA(). Digest is finally
retrieved thanks to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish().
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then initiate a DMA transfer
* to feed the input buffer to the IP.
* @note Once the DMA transfer is finished, HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish() API must
* be called to retrieve the computed digest.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
return HASH_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224);
}
/**
* @brief Return the computed digest in SHA224 mode.
* @note The API waits for DCIS to be set then reads the computed digest.
* @note HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish() can be used as well to retrieve the digest in
* HMAC SHA224 mode.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pOutBuffer: pointer to the computed digest. Digest size is 28 bytes.
* @param Timeout: Timeout value.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
{
return HASH_Finish(hhash, pOutBuffer, Timeout);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then initiate a DMA transfer
* to feed the input buffer to the IP.
* @note Once the DMA transfer is finished, HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish() API must
* be called to retrieve the computed digest.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
return HASH_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256);
}
/**
* @brief Return the computed digest in SHA256 mode.
* @note The API waits for DCIS to be set then reads the computed digest.
* @note HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish() can be used as well to retrieve the digest in
* HMAC SHA256 mode.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pOutBuffer: pointer to the computed digest. Digest size is 32 bytes.
* @param Timeout: Timeout value.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
{
return HASH_Finish(hhash, pOutBuffer, Timeout);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 HMAC extended processing functions in polling mode
* @brief HMAC extended processing functions using polling mode.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Polling mode HMAC extended processing functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode
the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms:
(+) SHA224
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start()
(+) SHA256
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode, next process pInBuffer then
* read the computed digest.
* @note Digest is available in pOutBuffer.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @param pOutBuffer: pointer to the computed digest. Digest size is 28 bytes.
* @param Timeout: Timeout value.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
{
return HMAC_Start(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, pOutBuffer, Timeout, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA256 mode, next process pInBuffer then
* read the computed digest.
* @note Digest is available in pOutBuffer.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @param pOutBuffer: pointer to the computed digest. Digest size is 32 bytes.
* @param Timeout: Timeout value.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
{
return HMAC_Start(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, pOutBuffer, Timeout, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 HMAC extended processing functions in interrupt mode
* @brief HMAC extended processing functions using interruption mode.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Interrupt mode HMAC extended processing functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode
the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms:
(+) SHA224
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_IT()
(+) SHA256
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_IT()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode, next process pInBuffer then
* read the computed digest in interrupt mode.
* @note Digest is available in pOutBuffer.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @param pOutBuffer: pointer to the computed digest. Digest size is 28 bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer)
{
return HMAC_Start_IT(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, pOutBuffer, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA256 mode, next process pInBuffer then
* read the computed digest in interrupt mode.
* @note Digest is available in pOutBuffer.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @param pOutBuffer: pointer to the computed digest. Digest size is 32 bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer)
{
return HMAC_Start_IT(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, pOutBuffer, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 HMAC extended processing functions in DMA mode
* @brief HMAC extended processing functions using DMA mode.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### DMA mode HMAC extended processing functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode
the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms:
(+) SHA224
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA()
(+) SHA256
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA()
[..] When resorting to DMA mode to enter the data in the IP for HMAC processing,
user must resort to HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Start_DMA() then read the resulting digest
with HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish().
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode then initiate the required
* DMA transfers to feed the key and the input buffer to the IP.
* @note Once the DMA transfers are finished (indicated by hhash->State set back
* to HAL_HASH_STATE_READY), HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish() API must be called to retrieve
* the computed digest.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note If MDMAT bit is set before calling this function (multi-buffer
* HASH processing case), the input buffer size (in bytes) must be
* a multiple of 4 otherwise, the HASH digest computation is corrupted.
* For the processing of the last buffer of the thread, MDMAT bit must
* be reset and the buffer length (in bytes) doesn't have to be a
* multiple of 4.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode then initiate the required
* DMA transfers to feed the key and the input buffer to the IP.
* @note Once the DMA transfers are finished (indicated by hhash->State set back
* to HAL_HASH_STATE_READY), HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish() API must be called to retrieve
* the computed digest.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note If MDMAT bit is set before calling this function (multi-buffer
* HASH processing case), the input buffer size (in bytes) must be
* a multiple of 4 otherwise, the HASH digest computation is corrupted.
* For the processing of the last buffer of the thread, MDMAT bit must
* be reset and the buffer length (in bytes) doesn't have to be a
* multiple of 4.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Multi-buffer HMAC extended processing functions in DMA mode
* @brief HMAC extended processing functions in multi-buffer DMA mode.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Multi-buffer DMA mode HMAC extended processing functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions to manage HMAC multi-buffer
DMA-based processing for MD5, SHA1, SHA224 and SHA256 algorithms.
(+) MD5
(++) HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step1_2_DMA()
(++) HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step2_DMA()
(++) HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step2_3_DMA()
(+) SHA1
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step1_2_DMA()
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step2_DMA()
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step2_3_DMA()
(+) SHA256
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Step1_2_DMA()
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Step2_DMA()
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Step2_3_DMA()
(+) SHA256
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Step1_2_DMA()
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Step2_DMA()
(++) HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Step2_3_DMA()
[..] User must first start-up the multi-buffer DMA-based HMAC computation in
calling HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step1_2_DMA(). This carries out HMAC step 1 and
intiates step 2 with the first input buffer.
[..] The following buffers are next fed to the IP with a call to the API
HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step2_DMA(). There may be several consecutive calls
to this API.
[..] Multi-buffer DMA-based HMAC computation is wrapped up by a call to
HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step2_3_DMA(). This finishes step 2 in feeding the last input
buffer to the IP then carries out step 3.
[..] Digest is retrieved by a call to HAL_HASH_xxx_Finish() for MD-5 or
SHA-1, to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish() for SHA-224 or SHA-256.
[..] If only two buffers need to be consecutively processed, a call to
HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step1_2_DMA() followed by a call to HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step2_3_DMA()
is sufficient.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief MD5 HMAC step 1 completion and step 2 start in multi-buffer DMA mode.
* @note Step 1 consists in writing the inner hash function key in the IP,
* step 2 consists in writing the message text.
* @note The API carries out the HMAC step 1 then starts step 2 with
* the first buffer entered to the IP. DCAL bit is not automatically set after
* the message buffer feeding, allowing other messages DMA transfers to occur.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note The input buffer size (in bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise, the
* HASH digest computation is corrupted.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step1_2_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
hhash->DigestCalculationDisable = SET;
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5);
}
/**
* @brief MD5 HMAC step 2 in multi-buffer DMA mode.
* @note Step 2 consists in writing the message text in the IP.
* @note The API carries on the HMAC step 2, applied to the buffer entered as input
* parameter. DCAL bit is not automatically set after the message buffer feeding,
* allowing other messages DMA transfers to occur.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note The input buffer size (in bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise, the
* HASH digest computation is corrupted.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step2_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
if (hhash->DigestCalculationDisable != SET)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5);
}
/**
* @brief MD5 HMAC step 2 wrap-up and step 3 completion in multi-buffer DMA mode.
* @note Step 2 consists in writing the message text in the IP,
* step 3 consists in writing the outer hash function key.
* @note The API wraps up the HMAC step 2 in processing the buffer entered as input
* parameter (the input buffer must be the last one of the multi-buffer thread)
* then carries out HMAC step 3.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note Once the DMA transfers are finished (indicated by hhash->State set back
* to HAL_HASH_STATE_READY), HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish() API must be called to retrieve
* the computed digest.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step2_3_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
hhash->DigestCalculationDisable = RESET;
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5);
}
/**
* @brief SHA1 HMAC step 1 completion and step 2 start in multi-buffer DMA mode.
* @note Step 1 consists in writing the inner hash function key in the IP,
* step 2 consists in writing the message text.
* @note The API carries out the HMAC step 1 then starts step 2 with
* the first buffer entered to the IP. DCAL bit is not automatically set after
* the message buffer feeding, allowing other messages DMA transfers to occur.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note The input buffer size (in bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise, the
* HASH digest computation is corrupted.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step1_2_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
hhash->DigestCalculationDisable = SET;
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1);
}
/**
* @brief SHA1 HMAC step 2 in multi-buffer DMA mode.
* @note Step 2 consists in writing the message text in the IP.
* @note The API carries on the HMAC step 2, applied to the buffer entered as input
* parameter. DCAL bit is not automatically set after the message buffer feeding,
* allowing other messages DMA transfers to occur.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note The input buffer size (in bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise, the
* HASH digest computation is corrupted.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step2_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
if (hhash->DigestCalculationDisable != SET)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1);
}
/**
* @brief SHA1 HMAC step 2 wrap-up and step 3 completion in multi-buffer DMA mode.
* @note Step 2 consists in writing the message text in the IP,
* step 3 consists in writing the outer hash function key.
* @note The API wraps up the HMAC step 2 in processing the buffer entered as input
* parameter (the input buffer must be the last one of the multi-buffer thread)
* then carries out HMAC step 3.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note Once the DMA transfers are finished (indicated by hhash->State set back
* to HAL_HASH_STATE_READY), HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish() API must be called to retrieve
* the computed digest.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step2_3_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
hhash->DigestCalculationDisable = RESET;
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1);
}
/**
* @brief SHA224 HMAC step 1 completion and step 2 start in multi-buffer DMA mode.
* @note Step 1 consists in writing the inner hash function key in the IP,
* step 2 consists in writing the message text.
* @note The API carries out the HMAC step 1 then starts step 2 with
* the first buffer entered to the IP. DCAL bit is not automatically set after
* the message buffer feeding, allowing other messages DMA transfers to occur.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note The input buffer size (in bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise, the
* HASH digest computation is corrupted.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Step1_2_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
hhash->DigestCalculationDisable = SET;
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224);
}
/**
* @brief SHA224 HMAC step 2 in multi-buffer DMA mode.
* @note Step 2 consists in writing the message text in the IP.
* @note The API carries on the HMAC step 2, applied to the buffer entered as input
* parameter. DCAL bit is not automatically set after the message buffer feeding,
* allowing other messages DMA transfers to occur.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note The input buffer size (in bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise, the
* HASH digest computation is corrupted.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Step2_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
if (hhash->DigestCalculationDisable != SET)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224);
}
/**
* @brief SHA224 HMAC step 2 wrap-up and step 3 completion in multi-buffer DMA mode.
* @note Step 2 consists in writing the message text in the IP,
* step 3 consists in writing the outer hash function key.
* @note The API wraps up the HMAC step 2 in processing the buffer entered as input
* parameter (the input buffer must be the last one of the multi-buffer thread)
* then carries out HMAC step 3.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note Once the DMA transfers are finished (indicated by hhash->State set back
* to HAL_HASH_STATE_READY), HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish() API must be called to retrieve
* the computed digest.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Step2_3_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
hhash->DigestCalculationDisable = RESET;
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224);
}
/**
* @brief SHA256 HMAC step 1 completion and step 2 start in multi-buffer DMA mode.
* @note Step 1 consists in writing the inner hash function key in the IP,
* step 2 consists in writing the message text.
* @note The API carries out the HMAC step 1 then starts step 2 with
* the first buffer entered to the IP. DCAL bit is not automatically set after
* the message buffer feeding, allowing other messages DMA transfers to occur.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note The input buffer size (in bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise, the
* HASH digest computation is corrupted.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Step1_2_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
hhash->DigestCalculationDisable = SET;
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256);
}
/**
* @brief SHA256 HMAC step 2 in multi-buffer DMA mode.
* @note Step 2 consists in writing the message text in the IP.
* @note The API carries on the HMAC step 2, applied to the buffer entered as input
* parameter. DCAL bit is not automatically set after the message buffer feeding,
* allowing other messages DMA transfers to occur.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note The input buffer size (in bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise, the
* HASH digest computation is corrupted.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Step2_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
if (hhash->DigestCalculationDisable != SET)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256);
}
/**
* @brief SHA256 HMAC step 2 wrap-up and step 3 completion in multi-buffer DMA mode.
* @note Step 2 consists in writing the message text in the IP,
* step 3 consists in writing the outer hash function key.
* @note The API wraps up the HMAC step 2 in processing the buffer entered as input
* parameter (the input buffer must be the last one of the multi-buffer thread)
* then carries out HMAC step 3.
* @note Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and
* key size are respectively stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
* @note Once the DMA transfers are finished (indicated by hhash->State set back
* to HAL_HASH_STATE_READY), HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish() API must be called to retrieve
* the computed digest.
* @param hhash: HASH handle.
* @param pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
* @param Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Step2_3_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
{
hhash->DigestCalculationDisable = RESET;
return HMAC_Start_DMA(hhash, pInBuffer, Size, HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HASH */
#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_hcd.c
+1234
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_hrtim.c
+7838
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_hsem.c
+374
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_hsem.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief HSEM HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the semaphore peripheral:
* + Semaphore Take function (2-Step Procedure) , non blocking
* + Semaphore FastTake function (1-Step Procedure) , non blocking
* + Semaphore Status check
* + Semaphore Clear Key Set and Get
* + Release and release all functions
* + Semaphore notification enabling and disabling and callnack functions
* + IRQ handler management
*
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#)Take a semaphore In 2-Step mode Using function HAL_HSEM_Take. This function takes as parameters :
(++) the semaphore ID from 0 to 31
(++) the process ID from 0 to 255
(#) Fast Take semaphore In 1-Step mode Using function HAL_HSEM_FastTake. This function takes as parameter :
(++) the semaphore ID from 0_ID to 31. Note that the process ID value is implicitly assumed as zero
(#) Check if a semaphore is Taken using function HAL_HSEM_IsSemTaken. This function takes as parameter :
(++) the semaphore ID from 0_ID to 31
(++) It returns 1 if the given semaphore is taken otherwise (Free) zero.
(#)Release a semaphore using function with HAL_HSEM_Release. This function takes as parameters :
(++) the semaphore ID from 0 to 31
(++) the process ID from 0 to 255:
(++) Note: If ProcessID and MasterID match, semaphore is freed, and an interrupt
may be generated when enabled (notification activated). If ProcessID or MasterID does not match,
semaphore remains taken (locked).
(#)Release all semaphores at once taken by a given Master using function HAL_HSEM_Release_All
This function takes as parameters :
(++) the Release Key (value from 0 to 0xFFFF) can be Set or Get respectively by
HAL_HSEM_SetClearKey() or HAL_HSEM_GetClearKey functions
(++) the Master ID:
(++) Note: If the Key and MasterID match, all semaphores taken by the given CPU that corresponds
to MasterID will be freed, and an interrupt may be generated when enabled (notification activated). If the
Key or the MasterID doesn't match, semaphores remains taken (locked).
(#)Semaphores Release all key functions:
(++) HAL_HSEM_SetClearKey() to set semaphore release all Key
(++) HAL_HSEM_GetClearKey() to get release all Key
(#)Semaphores notification functions :
(++) HAL_HSEM_ActivateNotification to activate a notification callback on
a given semaphores Mask (bitfield). When one or more semaphores defined by the mask are released
the callback HAL_HSEM_FreeCallback will be asserted giving as parameters a mask of the released
semaphores (bitfield).
(++) HAL_HSEM_DeactivateNotification to deactivate the notification of a given semaphores Mask (bitfield).
(++) See the description of the macro __HAL_HSEM_SEMID_TO_MASK to check how to calculate a semaphore mask
Used by the notification functions
*** HSEM HAL driver macros list ***
=============================================
[..] Below the list of most used macros in HSEM HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_HSEM_SEMID_TO_MASK: Helper macro to convert a Semaphore ID to a Mask.
[..] Example of use :
[..] mask = __HAL_HSEM_SEMID_TO_MASK(8) | __HAL_HSEM_SEMID_TO_MASK(21) | __HAL_HSEM_SEMID_TO_MASK(25).
[..] All next macros take as parameter a semaphore Mask (bitfiled) that can be constructed using __HAL_HSEM_SEMID_TO_MASK as the above example.
(+) __HAL_HSEM_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified semaphores Mask interrupts.
(+) __HAL_HSEM_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified semaphores Mask interrupts.
(+) __HAL_HSEM_GET_IT: Checks whether the specified semaphore interrupt has occurred or not.
(+) __HAL_HSEM_GET_FLAG: Get the semaphores status release flags.
(+) __HAL_HSEM_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the semaphores status release flags.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HSEM HSEM
* @brief HSEM HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_HSEM_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HSEM_Exported_Functions HSEM Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HSEM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Take and Release functions
* @brief HSEM Take and Release functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### HSEM Take and Release functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Take a semaphore with 2 Step method
(+) Fast Take a semaphore with 1 Step method
(+) Check semaphore state Taken or not
(+) Release a semaphore
(+) Release all semaphore at once
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Take a semaphore in 2 Step mode.
* @param SemID: semaphore ID from 0 to 31
* @param ProcessID: Process ID from 0 to 255
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HSEM_Take(uint32_t SemID, uint32_t ProcessID)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_HSEM_SEMID(SemID));
assert_param(IS_HSEM_PROCESSID(ProcessID));
/* First step write R register with MasterID, processID and take bit=1*/
HSEM->R[SemID] = ((ProcessID & HSEM_R_PROCID) | ((HAL_GetCurrentCPUID() << POSITION_VAL(HSEM_R_MASTERID)) & HSEM_R_MASTERID) | HSEM_R_LOCK);
/* second step : read the R register . Take achieved if MasterID and processID match and take bit set to 1 */
if(HSEM->R[SemID] == ((ProcessID & HSEM_R_PROCID) | ((HAL_GetCurrentCPUID() << POSITION_VAL(HSEM_R_MASTERID)) & HSEM_R_MASTERID) | HSEM_R_LOCK))
{
/*take success when MasterID and ProcessID match and take bit set*/
return HAL_OK;
}
/* Semaphore take fails*/
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/**
* @brief Fast Take a semaphore with 1 Step mode.
* @param SemID: semaphore ID from 0 to 31
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HSEM_FastTake(uint32_t SemID)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_HSEM_SEMID(SemID));
/* Read the RLR register to take the semaphore */
if(HSEM->RLR[SemID] == (((HAL_GetCurrentCPUID() << POSITION_VAL(HSEM_R_MASTERID)) & HSEM_RLR_MASTERID) | HSEM_RLR_LOCK))
{
/*take success when MasterID match and take bit set*/
return HAL_OK;
}
/* Semaphore take fails */
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/**
* @brief Check semaphore state Taken or not.
* @param SemID: semaphore ID
* @retval HAL HSEM state
*/
uint32_t HAL_HSEM_IsSemTaken(uint32_t SemID)
{
return ((HSEM->R[SemID] & HSEM_R_LOCK) != 0U);
}
/**
* @brief Release a semaphore.
* @param SemID: semaphore ID from 0 to 31
* @param ProcessID: Process ID from 0 to 255
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_HSEM_Release(uint32_t SemID, uint32_t ProcessID)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_HSEM_SEMID(SemID));
assert_param(IS_HSEM_PROCESSID(ProcessID));
/* Clear the semaphore by writing to the R register : the MasterID , the processID and take bit = 0 */
HSEM->R[SemID] = ((ProcessID & HSEM_R_PROCID) | ((HAL_GetCurrentCPUID() << POSITION_VAL(HSEM_R_MASTERID)) & HSEM_R_MASTERID));
}
/**
* @brief Release All semaphore used by a given Master .
* @param Key: Semaphore Key , value from 0 to 0xFFFF
* @param MasterID: MasterID of the CPU that is using semaphores to be Released
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_HSEM_ReleaseAll(uint32_t Key, uint32_t MasterID)
{
assert_param(IS_HSEM_KEY(Key));
assert_param(IS_HSEM_MASTERID(MasterID));
HSEM->CR = (((Key << POSITION_VAL(HSEM_KEYR_KEY)) & HSEM_CR_KEY ) | ((MasterID << POSITION_VAL(HSEM_CR_MASTERID)) & HSEM_CR_MASTERID));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HSEM_Exported_Functions_Group2 HSEM Set and Get Key functions
* @brief HSEM Set and Get Key functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### HSEM Set and Get Key functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Set semaphore Key
(+) Get semaphore Key
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set semaphore Key .
* @param Key: Semaphore Key , value from 0 to 0xFFFF
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_HSEM_SetClearKey(uint32_t Key)
{
assert_param(IS_HSEM_KEY(Key));
MODIFY_REG(HSEM->KEYR, HSEM_KEYR_KEY, (Key << POSITION_VAL(HSEM_KEYR_KEY)));
}
/**
* @brief Get semaphore Key .
* @retval Semaphore Key , value from 0 to 0xFFFF
*/
uint32_t HAL_HSEM_GetClearKey(void)
{
return (HSEM->KEYR >> POSITION_VAL(HSEM_KEYR_KEY));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HSEM_Exported_Functions_Group3 HSEM IRQ handler management
* @brief HSEM Notification functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### HSEM IRQ handler management and Notification functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides HSEM IRQ handler and Notification function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Activate Semaphore release Notification for a given Semaphores Mask .
* @param SemMask: Mask of Released semaphores
* @retval Semaphore Key
*/
void HAL_HSEM_ActivateNotification(uint32_t SemMask)
{
/*Activate interrupt for CM7 Master */
HSEM->IER |= SemMask;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivate Semaphore release Notification for a given Semaphores Mask .
* @param SemMask: Mask of Released semaphores
* @retval Semaphore Key
*/
void HAL_HSEM_DeactivateNotification(uint32_t SemMask)
{
/*Deactivate interrupt for CM7 Master */
HSEM->IER &= ~SemMask;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles HSEM interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_HSEM_IRQHandler(void)
{
uint32_t statusreg = 0U;
/* Get the list of masked freed semaphores*/
statusreg = HSEM->MISR;
/*Disable Interrupts*/
HSEM->IER &= ~((uint32_t)statusreg);
/*Clear Flags*/
HSEM->ICR |= ((uint32_t)statusreg);
/* Call FreeCallback */
HAL_HSEM_FreeCallback(statusreg);
}
/**
* @brief Semaphore Released Callback.
* @param SemMask: Mask of Released semaphores
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_HSEM_FreeCallback(uint32_t SemMask)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(SemMask);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_HSEM_FreeCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_HSEM_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_i2c.c
+4839
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
+335
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### I2C peripheral Extended features #####
==============================================================================
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32H7XX
devices contains the following additional features
(+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
(+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
(+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop modes
(+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
(#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
(#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
(#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
(#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
* @brief Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Noise Filters
(+) Configure Wake Up Feature
(+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
* @param hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @param AnalogFilter: New state of the Analog filter.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
/* Set analog filter bit*/
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
* @param hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @param DigitalFilter: Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00 and 0x0F.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Get the old register value */
tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
/* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
/* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
/* Store the new register value */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable I2C wakeup from stop mode.
* @param hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp (I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Disable I2C wakeup from stop mode.
* @param hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp (I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus: Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->PMCR, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus: Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->PMCR, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_i2s.c
+1843
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_i2s_ex.c
+929
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,929 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_i2s_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief I2S HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of I2S extension peripheral:
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### I2S Extension features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) In I2S full duplex mode, SPI2S peripheral is able to manage sending and receiving
data simultaneously using two data lines.
@endverbatim
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
Three operation modes are available within this driver :
*** Polling mode IO operation ***
=================================
[..]
(+) Send and receive in the same time an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive()
*** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
===================================
[..]
(+) Send and receive in the same time an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT()
(+) At full duplex transfer end of half transfer HAL_I2SEx_TxRxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2SEx_TxRxHalfCpltCallback
(+) At full duplex transfer end of transfer HAL_I2SEx_TxRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2SEx_TxRxCpltCallback
(+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
*** DMA mode IO operation ***
==============================
[..]
(+) Send and receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA()
(+) At the end of half transfer HAL_I2SEx_TxRxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
(+) At the end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
(+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
(+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
(+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
(+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup I2SEx I2SEx
* @brief I2S Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2SEx_Private_Typedef I2S Extended Private Typedef
* @{
*/
typedef enum
{
I2S_USE_I2S = 0x00U, /*!< I2Sx should be used */
I2S_USE_I2SEXT = 0x01U, /*!< I2Sx_ext should be used */
}I2S_UseTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2SEx_Private_Functions I2S Extended Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void I2SEx_DMATxRxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void I2SEx_DMATxRxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void I2SEx_TxRxDMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void I2SEx_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s);
static void I2SEx_2linesTxISR_32BIT(struct __I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s);
static void I2SEx_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s);
static void I2SEx_2linesRxISR_32BIT(struct __I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s);
static void I2SEx_CloseRxTx_ISR(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s);
static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2SEx_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2SEx_Exported_Functions I2S Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2SEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 I2S Extended IO operation functions
* @brief I2SEx IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions#####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data
transfers.
(#) There are two modes of transfer:
(++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
after finishing transfer.
(++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
using DMA mode.
(#) Blocking mode functions are :
(++) HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive()
(#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
(++) HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT()
(#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
(++) HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA()
(#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
(++) HAL_I2SEx_TxRxCpltCallback()
(++) HAL_I2SEx_TxRxErrorCallback()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
* @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for I2S module
* @param pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer
* @param pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer
* @param Size: number of frames to be sent
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration
* @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
* between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
* @note This function can use an Audio Frequency up to 48KHz when I2S Clock Source is 32MHz
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pTxData, uint16_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
uint32_t isDataFormat16B = 2U;
/* Check Mode parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2S_FD_MODE(hi2s->Init.Mode));
if((pTxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
/* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
{
/* Check the Data Format value */
if (((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) ||
((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
{
isDataFormat16B = 0U;
}
else
{
isDataFormat16B = 1U;
}
if(!isDataFormat16B)
{
hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1U);
hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1U);
hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1U);
hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1U);
}
else
{
hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
}
/* Set state and reset error code */
hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
/* Check if the SPI2S is already enabled */
if((hi2s->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
{
/* Enable I2S peripheral */
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
}
if(IS_I2S_MASTER(hi2s->Init.Mode))
{
hi2s->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CSTART;
}
/* Transmit and Receive data in 32 Bit mode */
if (!isDataFormat16B)
{
while ((hi2s->TxXferCount > 0U) || (hi2s->RxXferCount > 0U))
{
/* Check TXE flag */
if ((hi2s->TxXferCount > 0U) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE)))
{
*((__IO uint32_t *)&hi2s->Instance->TXDR) = *((uint32_t *)hi2s->pTxBuffPtr);
hi2s->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint32_t);
hi2s->TxXferCount --;
}
/* Check RXNE flag */
if ((hi2s->RxXferCount > 0U) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE)))
{
*((uint32_t *)hi2s->pRxBuffPtr) = *((__IO uint32_t *)&hi2s->Instance->RXDR);
hi2s->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint32_t);
hi2s->RxXferCount --;
}
/* Timeout Management */
if ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout))
{
/* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT);
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
/* Set the I2S State ready */
hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Transmit and Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
else
{
while ((hi2s->TxXferCount > 0U) || (hi2s->RxXferCount > 0U))
{
/* Check TXE flag */
if ((hi2s->TxXferCount > 0U) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE)))
{
if ( (hi2s->TxXferCount > 1U) && (hi2s->Init.FifoThreshold > SPI_FIFO_THRESHOLD_01DATA))
{
*((__IO uint32_t *)&hi2s->Instance->TXDR) = *((uint32_t *)hi2s->pTxBuffPtr);
hi2s->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint32_t);
hi2s->TxXferCount-=2;
}
else
{
*((__IO uint16_t *)&hi2s->Instance->TXDR) = *((uint16_t *)hi2s->pTxBuffPtr);
hi2s->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
hi2s->TxXferCount--;
}
}
/* Check RXNE flag */
if ((hi2s->RxXferCount > 0U) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE)))
{
if (hi2s->Instance->SR & I2S_FLAG_RXWNE)
{
*((uint32_t *)hi2s->pRxBuffPtr) = *((__IO uint32_t *)&hi2s->Instance->RXDR);
hi2s->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint32_t);
hi2s->RxXferCount-=2;
}
else
{
*((uint16_t *)hi2s->pRxBuffPtr) = *((__IO uint16_t *)&hi2s->Instance->RXDR);
hi2s->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
hi2s->RxXferCount--;
}
}
/* Timeout Management */
if ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout))
{
/* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT);
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
/* Set the I2S State ready */
hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Wait until TXE flag is set, to confirm the end of the transaction */
if (I2SEx_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
* @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for I2S module
* @param pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
* @param pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
* @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
* @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
* configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
* in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
* the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
* @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
* between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
* @note This function can use an Audio Frequency up to 48KHz when I2S Clock Source is 32MHz
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pTxData, uint16_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
{
/* Check Mode parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2S_FD_MODE(hi2s->Init.Mode));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
{
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if (hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
{
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Set the transaction information */
hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX;
hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
/* Init field not used in handle to zero */
hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
/* Set the function for IT treatment */
if (hi2s->Init.DataFormat > I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
{
hi2s->RxISR = I2SEx_2linesRxISR_32BIT;
hi2s->TxISR = I2SEx_2linesTxISR_32BIT;
}
else
{
hi2s->RxISR = I2SEx_2linesRxISR_16BIT;
hi2s->TxISR = I2SEx_2linesTxISR_16BIT;
}
/* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
if ((hi2s->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
{
/* Enable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
}
if (IS_I2S_MASTER(hi2s->Init.Mode))
{
/* Master transfer start */
SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CSTART);
}
/* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR));
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
* @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for I2S module
* @param pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
* @param pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
* @param Size: number of frames to be sent.
* @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
* between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pTxData, uint16_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
{
/* Check Mode parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2S_FD_MODE(hi2s->Init.Mode));
if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
{
hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\
((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
{
hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1U);
hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1U);
hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1U);
hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1U);
}
else
{
hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
}
/* Set the I2S Rx DMA Half transfert complete callback */
hi2s->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2SEx_DMATxRxHalfCplt;
/* Set the I2S Rx DMA transfert complete callback */
hi2s->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2SEx_DMATxRxCplt;
/* Set the DMA error callback */
hi2s->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2SEx_TxRxDMAError;
/* Enable the Rx DMA Channel */
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hi2s->pRxBuffPtr, hi2s->RxXferSize);
/* Check if the I2S Rx requests are already enabled */
if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hi2s->Instance->CFG1, SPI_CFG1_RXDMAEN))
{
/* Check if the SPI2S is disabled to edit CFG1 register */
if ((hi2s->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
{
/* Enable Rx DMA Request */
SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CFG1, SPI_CFG1_RXDMAEN);
}
else
{
/* Disable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s);
/* Enable Rx DMA Request */
SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CFG1, SPI_CFG1_RXDMAEN);
/* Enable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
}
}
/* Set the I2S Tx DMA transfer callbacks as NULL because the communication closing
is performed in DMA reception callbacks */
hi2s->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
hi2s->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
hi2s->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
/* Enable the Tx DMA Channel */
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2s->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->TXDR, hi2s->TxXferSize);
/* Check if the I2S Tx requests are already enabled */
if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hi2s->Instance->CFG1, SPI_CFG1_TXDMAEN))
{
/* Check if the SPI2S is disabled to edit CFG1 register */
if ((hi2s->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
{
/* Enable Tx DMA Request */
SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CFG1, SPI_CFG1_TXDMAEN);
}
else
{
/* Disable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s);
/* Enable Tx/Rx DMA Request */
SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CFG1, SPI_CFG1_TXDMAEN);
/* Enable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
}
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Tx/Rx Transfer half completed callbacks
* @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for I2S module
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_I2SEx_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hi2s);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Tx/Rx Transfer completed callbacks
* @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for I2S module
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_I2SEx_TxRxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hi2s);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup I2SEx_Private_Functions I2S Extended Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DMA I2S transmit receive process complete callback
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void I2SEx_DMATxRxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
if(((((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)hdma->Instance)->CR) & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0U)
{
/* Check if the SPI2S is disabled to edit CFG1 register */
if ((hi2s->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
{
/* Disable Tx/Rx DMA Request */
CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CFG1, SPI_CFG1_RXDMAEN | SPI_CFG1_TXDMAEN);
}
else
{
/* Disable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s);
/* Disable Rx DMA Request */
CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CFG1, SPI_CFG1_RXDMAEN | SPI_CFG1_TXDMAEN);
/* Enable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
}
hi2s->TxXferCount = 0U;
hi2s->RxXferCount = 0U;
hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
if (hi2s->ErrorCode != HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE)
{
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
return;
}
}
HAL_I2SEx_TxRxCpltCallback(hi2s);
}
/**
* @brief DMA I2S transmit receive process half complete callback
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void I2SEx_DMATxRxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
HAL_I2SEx_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s);
}
/**
* @brief DMA I2S communication error callback
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void I2SEx_TxRxDMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
/* Check if the SPI2S is disabled to edit CFG1 register */
if ((hi2s->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
{
/* Disable Rx and Tx DMA Request */
CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CFG1, (SPI_CFG1_RXDMAEN | SPI_CFG1_TXDMAEN));
}
else
{
/* Disable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s);
/* Disable Rx and Tx DMA Request */
CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CFG1, (SPI_CFG1_RXDMAEN | SPI_CFG1_TXDMAEN));
/* Enable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
}
hi2s->TxXferCount = 0U;
hi2s->RxXferCount = 0U;
hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
/* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA);
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
}
/**
* @brief Rx 16-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
* @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for I2S module.
* @retval None
*/
static void I2SEx_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
{
/* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
*((uint16_t *)hi2s->pRxBuffPtr) = hi2s->Instance->RXDR;
hi2s->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
hi2s->RxXferCount--;
if (hi2s->RxXferCount == 0U)
{
/* Disable RXNE interrupt */
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE);
if (hi2s->TxXferCount == 0U)
{
I2SEx_CloseRxTx_ISR(hi2s);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Rx 32-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
* @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for I2S module.
* @retval None
*/
static void I2SEx_2linesRxISR_32BIT(struct __I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
{
/* Receive data in 32 Bit mode */
*((uint32_t *)hi2s->pRxBuffPtr) = hi2s->Instance->RXDR;
hi2s->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint32_t);
hi2s->RxXferCount--;
if (hi2s->RxXferCount == 0U)
{
/* Disable RXNE interrupt */
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE);
if (hi2s->TxXferCount == 0U)
{
I2SEx_CloseRxTx_ISR(hi2s);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Tx 16-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
* @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for I2S module.
* @retval None
*/
static void I2SEx_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
{
/* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
*((__IO uint16_t *)&hi2s->Instance->TXDR) = *((uint16_t *)hi2s->pTxBuffPtr);
hi2s->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
hi2s->TxXferCount--;
/* Enable CRC Transmission */
if (hi2s->TxXferCount == 0U)
{
/* Disable TXE interrupt */
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE);
if (hi2s->RxXferCount == 0U)
{
I2SEx_CloseRxTx_ISR(hi2s);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Tx 32-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
* @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for I2S module.
* @retval None
*/
static void I2SEx_2linesTxISR_32BIT(struct __I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
{
/* Transmit data in 32 Bit mode */
*((__IO uint32_t *)&hi2s->Instance->TXDR) = *((uint32_t *)hi2s->pTxBuffPtr);
hi2s->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint32_t);
hi2s->TxXferCount--;
/* Enable CRC Transmission */
if (hi2s->TxXferCount == 0U)
{
/* Disable TXE interrupt */
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE);
if (hi2s->RxXferCount == 0U)
{
I2SEx_CloseRxTx_ISR(hi2s);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Handle the end of the RXTX transaction.
* @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for I2S module.
* @retval None
*/
static void I2SEx_CloseRxTx_ISR(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
{
/* Disable ERR interrupt */
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR));
if (hi2s->ErrorCode == HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE)
{
if (hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
{
hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s);
}
else
{
hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
HAL_I2SEx_TxRxCpltCallback(hi2s);
}
}
else
{
hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles I2S Communication Timeout.
* @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for I2S module
* @param Flag: Flag checked
* @param State: Value of the flag expected
* @param Timeout: Duration of the timeout
* @retval HAL status
*/
static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2SEx_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait until flag is set */
if(State == RESET)
{
while(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag) == RESET)
{
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
{
/* Set the I2S State ready */
hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
}
else
{
while(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag) != RESET)
{
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
{
/* Set the I2S State ready */
hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_irda.c
+2285
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_iwdg.c
+282
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_iwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and Start functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IWDG Generic features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
through option byte).
(+) The IWDG is clocked by Low-Speed clock (LSI) and thus stays active even
if the main clock fails.
(+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both can not be
disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF).
When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is
generated (IWDG reset).
(+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register,
the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded in the counter and the watchdog reset is
prevented.
(+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY).
IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
reset occurs.
(+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros
[..] Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32H7xx
devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock
connected internally to TIM16 CH1 input capture). The measured value
can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
(++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI
clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts downcounting.
(++) Enable write access to configuration register: IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR &
IWDG_WINR.
(++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload
value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is
reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
(++) Wait for status flags to be reset
(++) Depending on window parameter:
(+++) If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value,
nothing more is done but reload counter value in order to exit
function withy exact time base.
(+++) Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload
watchdog counter.
(#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
*** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
====================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
(+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
(+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
the reload register
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @addtogroup IWDG
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
* @{
*/
/* Status register need 5 RC LSI divided by prescaler clock to be updated. With
higher prescaler (256), and according to LSI variation, we need to wait at
least 6 cycles so 48 ms. */
#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 48u
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Start functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Start functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
(+) Manage Window option.
(+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog
is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
* IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function,
* watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base.
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
if(hiwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW(hiwdg->Init.Window));
/* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automaticaly */
__HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
/* Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers by writing
0x5555 in KR */
IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
/* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */
hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler;
hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload;
/* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for register to be updated */
while(hiwdg->Instance->SR != RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* If window parameter is different than current value, modify window
register */
if(hiwdg->Instance->WINR != hiwdg->Init.Window)
{
/* Write to IWDG WINR the IWDG_Window value to compare with. In any case,
even if window feature is disabled, Watchdog will be reloaded by writing
windows register */
hiwdg->Instance->WINR = hiwdg->Init.Window;
}
else
{
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Refresh the IWDG.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Refresh the IWDG.
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_jpeg.c
+3461
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_lptim.c
+1675
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_ltdc.c
+1895
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_mdios.c
+625
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,625 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_mdios.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief MDIOS HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the MDIOS Peripheral.
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
The MDIOS HAL driver can be used as follow:
(#) Declare a MDIOS_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
(#) Initialize the MDIOS low level resources by implementing the HAL_MDIOS_MspInit() API:
(##) Enable the MDIOS interface clock.
(##) MDIOS pins configuration:
(+++) Enable clocks for the MDIOS GPIOs.
(+++) Configure the MDIOS pins as alternate function.
(##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process:
(+++) Configure the MDIOS interrupt priority.
(+++) Enable the NVIC MDIOS IRQ handle.
(#) Program the Port Address and the Preamble Check in the Init structure.
(#) Initialize the MDIOS registers by calling the HAL_MDIOS_Init() API.
(#) Perform direct slave read/write operations using the following APIs:
(##) Read the value of a DINn register: HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg()
(##) Write a value to a DOUTn register: HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg()
(#) Get the Master read/write operations flags using the following APIs:
(##) Bit map of DOUTn registers read by Master: HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress()
(##) Bit map of DINn registers written by Master : HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress()
(#) Clear the read/write flags using the following APIs:
(##) Clear read flags of a set of registers: HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress()
(##) Clear write flags of a set of registers: HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress()
(#) Enable interrupts on events using HAL_MDIOS_EnableEvents(), when called
the MDIOS will generate an interrupt in the following cases:
(##) a DINn register written by the Master
(##) a DOUTn register read by the Master
(##) an error occur
(@) A callback is executed for each genereted interrupt, so the driver provide the following
HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback(), HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback() and HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback()
(@) HAL_MDIOS_IRQHandler() must be called from the MDIOS IRQ Handler, to handle the interrupt
and execute the previous callbacks
(#) Reset the MDIOS peripheral and all related ressources by calling the HAL_MDIOS_DeInit() API.
(##) HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit() must be implemented to reset low level ressources
(GPIO, Clocks, NVIC configuration ...)
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup MDIOS MDIOS
* @brief HAL MDIOS module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_MDIOS_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define MDIOS_PORT_ADDRESS_SHIFT ((uint32_t)8)
#define MDIOS_ALL_REG_FLAG ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFFU)
#define MDIOS_ALL_ERRORS_FLAG ((uint32_t)(MDIOS_SR_PERF | MDIOS_SR_SERF | MDIOS_SR_TERF))
#define MDIOS_DIN_BASE_ADDR (MDIOS_BASE + 0x100)
#define MDIOS_DOUT_BASE_ADDR (MDIOS_BASE + 0x180)
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup MDIOS_Exported_Functions MDIOS Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup MDIOS_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the MDIOS
(+) The following parameters can be configured:
(++) Port Address
(++) Preamble Check
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the MDIOS according to the specified parameters in
* the MDIOS_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
* @param hmdios: pointer to a MDIOS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for MDIOS module
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_Init(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
uint32_t tmpcr = 0;
/* Check the MDIOS handle allocation */
if(hmdios == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_ALL_INSTANCE(hmdios->Instance));
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_PORTADDRESS(hmdios->Init.PortAddress));
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_PREAMBLECHECK(hmdios->Init.PreambleCheck));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
if(hmdios->State == HAL_MDIOS_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MDIOS_MspInit(hmdios);
}
/* Change the MDIOS state */
hmdios->State = HAL_MDIOS_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get the MDIOS CR value */
tmpcr = hmdios->Instance->CR;
/* Clear PORT_ADDRESS, DPC and EN bits */
tmpcr &= ((uint32_t)~(MDIOS_CR_EN | MDIOS_CR_DPC | MDIOS_CR_PORT_ADDRESS));
/* Set MDIOS control parametrs and enable the peripheral */
tmpcr |= (uint32_t)(((hmdios->Init.PortAddress) << MDIOS_PORT_ADDRESS_SHIFT) |\
(hmdios->Init.PreambleCheck) | \
(MDIOS_CR_EN));
/* Write the MDIOS CR */
hmdios->Instance->CR = tmpcr;
/* Change the MDIOS state */
hmdios->State = HAL_MDIOS_STATE_READY;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the MDIOS peripheral.
* @param hmdios: MDIOS handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_DeInit(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Check the MDIOS handle allocation */
if(hmdios == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_ALL_INSTANCE(hmdios->Instance));
/* Change the MDIOS state */
hmdios->State = HAL_MDIOS_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_MDIOS_DISABLE(hmdios);
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit(hmdios);
/* Change the MDIOS state */
hmdios->State = HAL_MDIOS_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief MDIOS MSP Init
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_MspInit(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdios);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MDIOS_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief MDIOS MSP DeInit
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdios);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/** @defgroup MDIOS_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief MDIOS Read/Write functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the MDIOS
read and write operations.
(#) APIs that allow to the MDIOS to read/write from/to the
values of one of the DINn/DOUTn registers:
(+) Read the value of a DINn register: HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg()
(+) Write a value to a DOUTn register: HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg()
(#) APIs that provide if there are some Slave registres have been
read or written by the Master:
(+) DOUTn registers read by Master: HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress()
(+) DINn registers written by Master : HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress()
(#) APIs that Clear the read/write flags:
(+) Clear read registers flags: HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress()
(+) Clear write registers flags: HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress()
(#) A set of Callbacks are provided:
(+) HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback()
(+) HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback()
(+) HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Writes to an MDIOS output register
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @param RegNum: MDIOS output register address
* @param Data: Data to write
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, uint32_t RegNum, uint16_t Data)
{
uint32_t tmpreg;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_REGISTER(RegNum));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
/* Get the addr of output register to be written by the MDIOS */
tmpreg = MDIOS_DOUT_BASE_ADDR + (4 * RegNum);
/* Write to DOUTn register */
*((uint32_t *)tmpreg) = Data;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads an MDIOS input register
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @param RegNum: MDIOS input register address
* @param pData: pointer to Data
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, uint32_t RegNum, uint16_t *pData)
{
uint32_t tmpreg;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_REGISTER(RegNum));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
/* Get the addr of input register to be read by the MDIOS */
tmpreg = MDIOS_DIN_BASE_ADDR + (4 * RegNum);
/* Read DINn register */
*pData = (uint16_t)(*((uint32_t *)tmpreg));
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Gets Written registers by MDIO master
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @retval bit map of written registers addresses
*/
uint32_t HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
return hmdios->Instance->WRFR;
}
/**
* @brief Gets Read registers by MDIO master
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @retval bit map of read registers addresses
*/
uint32_t HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
return hmdios->Instance->RDFR;
}
/**
* @brief Clears Write registers flag
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @param RegNum: registers addresses to be cleared
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, uint32_t RegNum)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_REGISTER(RegNum));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
/* Clear write registers flags */
hmdios->Instance->CWRFR |= (RegNum);
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Clears Read register flag
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @param RegNum: registers addresses to be cleared
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, uint32_t RegNum)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_REGISTER(RegNum));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
/* Clear read registers flags */
hmdios->Instance->CRDFR |= (RegNum);
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enables Events for MDIOS peripheral
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_EnableEvents(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
/* Enable MDIOS interrupts: Register Write, Register Read and Error ITs */
__HAL_MDIOS_ENABLE_IT(hmdios, (MDIOS_IT_WRITE | MDIOS_IT_READ | MDIOS_IT_ERROR));
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles MDIOS interrupt request.
* @param hmdios: MDIOS handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MDIOS_IRQHandler(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Write Register Interrupt enabled ? */
if(__HAL_MDIOS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hmdios, MDIOS_IT_WRITE) != RESET)
{
/* Write register flag */
if(HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress(hmdios) != RESET)
{
/* Write callback function */
HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback(hmdios);
/* Clear write register flag */
HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress(hmdios, MDIOS_ALL_REG_FLAG);
}
}
/* Read Register Interrupt enabled ? */
if(__HAL_MDIOS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hmdios, MDIOS_IT_READ) != RESET)
{
/* Read register flag */
if(HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress(hmdios) != RESET)
{
/* Read callback function */
HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback(hmdios);
/* Clear read register flag */
HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress(hmdios, MDIOS_ALL_REG_FLAG);
}
}
/* Error Interrupt enabled ? */
if(__HAL_MDIOS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hmdios, MDIOS_IT_ERROR) != RESET)
{
/* All Errors Flag */
if(__HAL_MDIOS_GET_ERROR_FLAG(hmdios, MDIOS_ALL_ERRORS_FLAG) !=RESET)
{
/* Error Callback */
HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback(hmdios);
/* Clear errors flag */
__HAL_MDIOS_CLEAR_ERROR_FLAG(hmdios, MDIOS_ALL_ERRORS_FLAG);
}
}
/* check MDIOS WAKEUP exti flag */
if(__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_GET_FLAG(MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_LINE) != RESET)
{
/* Clear MDIOS WAKEUP Exti pending bit */
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_LINE);
/* MDIOS WAKEUP interrupt user callback */
HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback(hmdios);
}
}
/**
* @brief Write Complete Callback
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdios);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Read Complete Callback
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdios);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Error Callback
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdios);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief MDIOS WAKEUP interrupt callback
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdios);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MDIOS_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief MDIOS control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the MDIOS.
(+) HAL_MDIOS_GetState() API, helpful to check in run-time the state.
(+) HAL_MDIOS_GetError() API, returns the errors occured during data transfer.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Gets MDIOS error flags
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @retval bit map of occured errors
*/
uint32_t HAL_MDIOS_GetError(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* return errors flags on status register */
return hmdios->Instance->SR;
}
/**
* @brief Return the MDIOS HAL state
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_MDIOS_StateTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_GetState(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Return MDIOS state */
return hmdios->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_MDIOS_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_mdma.c
+1908
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_mmc.c
+2437
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_mmc_ex.c
+313
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_mmc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief MMC card Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Secure Digital (MMC) peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The MMC Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
(+) Configure Buffer0 and Buffer1 start address and Buffer size using HAL_MMCEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer() function.
(+) Start Read and Write for multibuffer mode using HAL_MMCEx_ReadBlocksDMAMultiBuffer() and HAL_MMCEx_WriteBlocksDMAMultiBuffer() functions.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup MMCEx MMCEx
* @brief MMC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup MMCEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup MMCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Multibuffer functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Multibuffer functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the multibuffer mode and start read and write
multibuffer mode for MMC HAL driver.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure DMA Dual Buffer mode. The Data transfer is managed by an Internal DMA.
* @param hmmc: MMC handle
* @param pDataBuffer0: Pointer to the buffer0 that will contain/receive the transfered data
* @param pDataBuffer1: Pointer to the buffer1 that will contain/receive the transfered data
* @param BufferSize: Size of Buffer0 in Blocks. Buffer0 and Buffer1 must have the same size.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMCEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t * pDataBuffer0, uint32_t * pDataBuffer1, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY)
{
hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE0= (uint32_t) pDataBuffer0 ;
hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE1= (uint32_t) pDataBuffer1 ;
hmmc->Instance->IDMABSIZE= (uint32_t) BufferSize;
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The received Data will be stored in Buffer0 and Buffer1.
* Buffer0, Buffer1 and BufferSize need to be configured by function HAL_MMCEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer before call this function.
* @param hmmc: MMC handle
* @param BlockAdd: Block Address from where data is to be read
* @param NumberOfBlocks: Total number of blocks to read
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMCEx_ReadBlocksDMAMultiBuffer(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
{
SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef config;
uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE;
if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY)
{
if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr))
{
hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if ((hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE0 == 0) || (hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE1 == 0) || (hmmc->Instance->IDMABSIZE == 0))
{
hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Initialize data control register */
hmmc->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE;
hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY;
if ((hmmc->MmcCard.CardType) != MMC_HIGH_CAPACITY_CARD)
{
BlockAdd *= 512;
}
/* Configure the MMC DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT;
config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks;
config.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
config.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC;
config.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
config.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_DISABLE;
SDMMC_ConfigData(hmmc->Instance, &config);
hmmc->Instance->DCTRL |= SDMMC_DCTRL_FIFORST;
__SDMMC_CMDTRANS_ENABLE( hmmc->Instance);
hmmc->Instance->IDMACTRL = SDMMC_ENABLE_IDMA_DOUBLE_BUFF0;
__HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMATE | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMABTC));
/* Read Blocks in DMA mode */
hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_DMA);
/* Read Multi Block command */
errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd);
if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE)
{
hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY;
hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Write block(s) to a specified address in a card. The transfered Data are stored in Buffer0 and Buffer1.
* Buffer0, Buffer1 and BufferSize need to be configured by function HAL_MMCEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer before call this function.
* @param hmmc: MMC handle
* @param BlockAdd: Block Address from where data is to be read
* @param NumberOfBlocks: Total number of blocks to read
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMCEx_WriteBlocksDMAMultiBuffer(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
{
SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef config;
uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE;
if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY)
{
if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr))
{
hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if ((hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE0 == 0) || (hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE1 == 0) || (hmmc->Instance->IDMABSIZE == 0))
{
hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Initialize data control register */
hmmc->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE;
hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY;
if ((hmmc->MmcCard.CardType) != MMC_HIGH_CAPACITY_CARD)
{
BlockAdd *= 512;
}
/* Configure the MMC DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT;
config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks;
config.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
config.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD;
config.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
config.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_DISABLE;
SDMMC_ConfigData(hmmc->Instance, &config);
__SDMMC_CMDTRANS_ENABLE( hmmc->Instance);
hmmc->Instance->IDMACTRL = SDMMC_ENABLE_IDMA_DOUBLE_BUFF0;
__HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMATE | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMABTC));
/* Write Blocks in DMA mode */
hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_DMA);
/* Write Multi Block command */
errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd);
if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE)
{
hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY;
hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Change the DMA Buffer0 or Buffer1 address on the fly.
* @param hmmc: pointer to a MMC_HandleTypeDef structure.
* @param Buffer: the buffer to be changed, This parameter can be one of
* the following values: MMC_DMA_BUFFER0 or MMC_DMA_BUFFER1
* @param pDataBuffer: The new address
* @note The BUFFER0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
* BUFFER1 and the BUFFER1 address can be changed only when the current
* transfer use BUFFER0.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMCEx_ChangeDMABuffer(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, HAL_MMCEx_DMABuffer_MemoryTypeDef Buffer, uint32_t *pDataBuffer)
{
if(Buffer == MMC_DMA_BUFFER0)
{
/* change the buffer0 address */
hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE0 = (uint32_t)pDataBuffer;
}
else
{
/* change the memory1 address */
hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE1 = (uint32_t)pDataBuffer;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_nand.c
+1862
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_nor.c
+1047
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_opamp.c
+992
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,992 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_opamp.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief OPAMP HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the operational amplifier(s) peripheral:
* + OPAMP configuration
* + OPAMP calibration
* Thanks to
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
================================================================================
##### OPAMP Peripheral Features #####
================================================================================
[..] The device integrates 2 operational amplifiers OPAMP1 & OPAMP2
(#) The OPAMP(s) provides several exclusive running modes.
(++) Standalone mode
(++) Programmable Gain Amplifier (PGA) modes
(++) Follower mode
(#) Each OPAMP(s) can be configured in normal and high speed mode.
(#) The OPAMP(s) provide(s) calibration capabilities.
(++) Calibration aims at correcting some offset for running mode.
(++) The OPAMP uses either factory calibration settings OR user defined
calibration (trimming) settings (i.e. trimming mode).
(++) The user defined settings can be figured out using self calibration
handled by HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate, HAL_OPAMPEx_SelfCalibrateAll
(++) HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate:
(+++) Runs automatically the calibration in 2 steps.
(90% of VDDA for NMOS transistors, 10% of VDDA for PMOS transistors).
(As OPAMP is Rail-to-rail input/output, these 2 steps calibration is
appropriate and enough in most cases).
(+++) Runs automatically the calibration.
(+++) Enables the user trimming mode
(+++) Updates the init structure with trimming values with fresh calibration
results.
The user may store the calibration results for larger
(ex monitoring the trimming as a function of temperature
for instance)
(+++) HAL_OPAMPEx_SelfCalibrateAll
runs calibration of all OPAMPs in parallel to save search time.
(#) Running mode: Standalone mode
(++) Gain is set externally (gain depends on external loads).
(++) Follower mode also possible externally by connecting the inverting input to
the output.
(#) Running mode: Follower mode
(++) No Inverting Input is connected.
(#) Running mode: Programmable Gain Amplifier (PGA) mode
(Resistor feedback output)
(#) The OPAMP(s) output(s) can be internally connected to resistor feedback
output.
(#) OPAMP gain can be selected as :
(##) Gain of x2, x4, x8 or x16 for non inverting mode with:
(+++) VREF- referenced.
(+++) Filtering on VINM0, VREF- referenced.
(+++) VINM0 node for bias voltage and VINP0 for input signal.
(+++) VINM0 node for bias voltage and VINP0 for input signal, VINM1 node for filtering.
(##) Gain of x-1, x-3, x-7 or x-15 for inverting mode with:
(+++) VINM0 node for input signal and VINP0 for bias.
(+++) VINM0 node for input signal and VINP0 for bias voltage, VINM1 node for filtering.
(#) The OPAMPs inverting input can be selected according to the Reference Manual
"OPAMP functional description" chapter.
(#) The OPAMPs non inverting input can be selected according to the Reference Manual
"OPAMP functional description" chapter.
##### How to use this driver #####
================================================================================
[..]
*** High speed / normal power mode ***
============================================
[..] To run in high speed mode:
(#) Configure the OPAMP using HAL_OPAMP_Init() function:
(++) Select OPAMP_POWERMODE_HIGHSPEED
(++) Otherwise select OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMAL
*** Calibration ***
============================================
[..] To run the OPAMP calibration self calibration:
(#) Start calibration using HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate.
Store the calibration results.
*** Running mode ***
============================================
[..] To use the OPAMP, perform the following steps:
(#) Fill in the HAL_OPAMP_MspInit() to
(++) Enable the OPAMP Peripheral clock using macro __HAL_RCC_OPAMP_CLK_ENABLE()
(++) Configure the OPAMP input AND output in analog mode using
HAL_GPIO_Init() to map the OPAMP output to the GPIO pin.
(#) Configure the OPAMP using HAL_OPAMP_Init() function:
(++) Select the mode
(++) Select the inverting input
(++) Select the non-inverting input
(++) If PGA mode is enabled, Select if inverting input is connected.
(++) Select either factory or user defined trimming mode.
(++) If the user-defined trimming mode is enabled, select PMOS & NMOS trimming values
(typically values set by HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate function).
(#) Enable the OPAMP using HAL_OPAMP_Start() function.
(#) Disable the OPAMP using HAL_OPAMP_Stop() function.
(#) Lock the OPAMP in running mode using HAL_OPAMP_Lock() function.
Caution: On STM32H7, HAL OPAMP lock is software lock only (not
hardware lock as on some other STM32 devices)
(#) If needed, unlock the OPAMP using HAL_OPAMPEx_Unlock() function.
*** Running mode: change of configuration while OPAMP ON ***
============================================
[..] To Re-configure OPAMP when OPAMP is ON (change on the fly)
(#) If needed, fill in the HAL_OPAMP_MspInit()
(++) This is the case for instance if you wish to use new OPAMP I/O
(#) Configure the OPAMP using HAL_OPAMP_Init() function:
(++) As in configure case, select first the parameters you wish to modify.
(#) Change from high speed mode to normal power mode (& vice versa) requires
first HAL_OPAMP_DeInit() (force OPAMP OFF) and then HAL_OPAMP_Init().
In other words, of OPAMP is ON, HAL_OPAMP_Init can NOT change power mode
alone.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
Table 1. OPAMPs inverting/non-inverting inputs for the STM32H7 devices:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| | | OPAMP1 | OPAMP2 |
|-----------------|---------|----------------------|---------------------|
| Inverting Input | VM_SEL | VINM0-> PC5 | VINM0-> PE8 |
| | | VINM1-> PA7 | VINM1-> PG1 |
| | | Internal: | Internal: |
| | | ADC1_IN9 | OPAMP2_OUT |
| | | ADC2_IN9 | PGA mode |
| | | OPAMP1_OUT | |
| | | PGA mode | |
|-----------------|---------|----------------------|---------------------|
| Non Inverting | VP_SEL | | |
| | | VP0 -> PB0 (GPIO) | VP0 -> PE9 (GPIO) |
| | | Internal: | Internal: |
| Input | | DAC1_int | DAC2_int |
| | | ADC1_IN8 | COMP2_INP |
| | | ADC2_IN8 | |
| | | COMP1_INP | |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------|
[..] Table 2. OPAMPs outputs for the STM32H7 devices:
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | OPAMP1 | OPAMP2 |
|-----------------|--------|-----------------------|---------------------|
| Output | VOUT | PC4 | PE7 |
| | | & ADC1_IN4| | & COMP2_INN7 if |
| | | ADC2_IN4 |connected internally |
| | | COMP1_INN7 if | |
| | | connected internally | |
|-----------------|--------|-----------------------|---------------------|
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup OPAMP OPAMP
* @brief OPAMP module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup OPAMP_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/* CSR register reset value */
#define OPAMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define OPAMP_CSR_RESET_BITS (OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN | OPAMP_CSR_OPAHSM | OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL \
| OPAMP_CSR_PGGAIN | OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL | OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL \
| OPAMP_CSR_CALON | OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM)
/* CSR Init masks */
#define OPAMP_CSR_INIT_MASK_PGA (OPAMP_CSR_OPAHSM | OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL | OPAMP_CSR_PGGAIN | OPAMP_CSR_PGGAIN \
| OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL | OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM)
#define OPAMP_CSR_INIT_MASK_FOLLOWER (OPAMP_CSR_OPAHSM | OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL| OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL \
| OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM)
#define OPAMP_CSR_INIT_MASK_STANDALONE (OPAMP_CSR_OPAHSM | OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL | OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL \
| OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL | OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup OPAMP_Exported_Functions OPAMP Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup OPAMP_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the OPAMP according to the specified
* parameters in the OPAMP_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
* @note If the selected opamp is locked, initialization can't be performed.
* To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset.
* @param hopamp: OPAMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_Init(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t updateotrlpotr = 0;
/* Check the OPAMP handle allocation and lock status */
/* Init not allowed if calibration is ongoing */
if((hopamp == NULL) || (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSYLOCKED)
|| (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_CALIBBUSY))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp->Instance));
/* Set OPAMP parameters */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_POWERMODE(hopamp->Init.PowerMode));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_FUNCTIONAL_NORMALMODE(hopamp->Init.Mode));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_NONINVERTING_INPUT(hopamp->Init.NonInvertingInput));
if ((hopamp->Init.Mode) == OPAMP_STANDALONE_MODE)
{
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_INVERTING_INPUT_STANDALONE(hopamp->Init.InvertingInput));
}
if ((hopamp->Init.Mode) == OPAMP_PGA_MODE)
{
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_PGA_GAIN(hopamp->Init.PgaGain));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_PGACONNECT(hopamp->Init.PgaConnect));
}
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_TRIMMING(hopamp->Init.UserTrimming));
if ((hopamp->Init.UserTrimming) == OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER)
{
if (hopamp->Init.PowerMode == OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMAL)
{
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_TRIMMINGVALUE(hopamp->Init.TrimmingValueP));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_TRIMMINGVALUE(hopamp->Init.TrimmingValueN));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_TRIMMINGVALUE(hopamp->Init.TrimmingValuePHighSpeed));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_TRIMMINGVALUE(hopamp->Init.TrimmingValueNHighSpeed));
}
}
if(hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hopamp->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
}
/* Call MSP init function */
HAL_OPAMP_MspInit(hopamp);
/* Set operating mode */
CLEAR_BIT(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
/* In PGA mode InvertingInput is Not Applicable */
if (hopamp->Init.Mode == OPAMP_PGA_MODE)
{
MODIFY_REG(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_INIT_MASK_PGA, \
hopamp->Init.PowerMode | \
hopamp->Init.Mode | \
hopamp->Init.PgaGain | \
hopamp->Init.PgaConnect | \
hopamp->Init.NonInvertingInput | \
hopamp->Init.UserTrimming);
}
if (hopamp->Init.Mode == OPAMP_FOLLOWER_MODE)
{
/* In Follower mode InvertingInput is Not Applicable */
MODIFY_REG(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_INIT_MASK_FOLLOWER, \
hopamp->Init.PowerMode | \
hopamp->Init.Mode | \
hopamp->Init.NonInvertingInput | \
hopamp->Init.UserTrimming);
}
if (hopamp->Init.Mode == OPAMP_STANDALONE_MODE)
{
MODIFY_REG(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_INIT_MASK_STANDALONE, \
hopamp->Init.PowerMode | \
hopamp->Init.Mode | \
hopamp->Init.InvertingInput | \
hopamp->Init.NonInvertingInput | \
hopamp->Init.UserTrimming);
}
if (hopamp->Init.UserTrimming == OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER)
{
/* Set power mode and associated calibration parameters */
if (hopamp->Init.PowerMode != OPAMP_POWERMODE_HIGHSPEED)
{
/* OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMAL */
/* Set calibration mode (factory or user) and values for */
/* transistors differential pair high (PMOS) and low (NMOS) for */
/* normal mode. */
updateotrlpotr = (((hopamp->Init.TrimmingValueP) << (OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING)) \
| (hopamp->Init.TrimmingValueN));
MODIFY_REG(hopamp->Instance->OTR, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN | OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, updateotrlpotr);
}
else
{
/* OPAMP_POWERMODE_HIGHSPEED*/
/* transistors differential pair high (PMOS) and low (NMOS) for */
/* high speed mode. */
updateotrlpotr = (((hopamp->Init.TrimmingValuePHighSpeed) << (OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING)) \
| (hopamp->Init.TrimmingValueNHighSpeed));
MODIFY_REG(hopamp->Instance->HSOTR, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN | OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, updateotrlpotr);
}
}
/* Update the OPAMP state*/
if (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_RESET)
{
/* From RESET state to READY State */
hopamp->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY;
}
/* else: remain in READY or BUSY state (no update) */
return status;
}
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the OPAMP peripheral
* @note Deinitialization can be performed if the OPAMP configuration is locked.
* (the lock is SW in H7)
* @param hopamp: OPAMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_DeInit(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the OPAMP handle allocation */
/* DeInit not allowed if calibration is on going */
if((hopamp == NULL) || (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_CALIBBUSY))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp->Instance));
/* Set OPAMP_CSR register to reset value */
/* OPAMP shall be disabled first separately */
CLEAR_BIT(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
MODIFY_REG(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_RESET_BITS, OPAMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE);
/* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK and NVIC */
HAL_OPAMP_MspDeInit(hopamp);
/* Update the OPAMP state*/
hopamp->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_RESET;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hopamp);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the OPAMP MSP.
* @param hopamp: OPAMP handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_OPAMP_MspInit(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hopamp);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the function "HAL_OPAMP_MspInit()" must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize OPAMP MSP.
* @param hopamp: OPAMP handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_OPAMP_MspDeInit(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hopamp);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the function "HAL_OPAMP_MspDeInit()" must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup OPAMP_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the OPAMP
start, stop and calibration actions.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Start the OPAMP.
* @param hopamp: OPAMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_Start(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the OPAMP handle allocation */
/* Check if OPAMP locked */
if((hopamp == NULL) || (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSYLOCKED))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp->Instance));
if(hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
{
/* Enable the selected opamp */
SET_BIT (hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
/* Update the OPAMP state*/
/* From HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY to HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSY */
hopamp->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSY;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Stop the OPAMP.
* @param hopamp: OPAMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_Stop(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the OPAMP handle allocation */
/* Check if OPAMP locked */
/* Check if OPAMP calibration ongoing */
if((hopamp == NULL) || (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSYLOCKED) \
|| (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_CALIBBUSY))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp->Instance));
if(hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSY)
{
/* Disable the selected opamp */
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
/* Update the OPAMP state*/
/* From HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSY to HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY*/
hopamp->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Run the self calibration of one OPAMP.
* @note Calibration is performed in the mode specified in OPAMP init
* structure (mode normal or high-speed). To perform calibration for
* both modes, repeat this function twice after OPAMP init structure
* accordingly updated.
* @param hopamp handle
* @retval Updated offset trimming values (PMOS & NMOS), user trimming is enabled
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t trimmingvaluen = 0;
uint32_t trimmingvaluep = 0;
uint32_t delta;
uint32_t opampmode;
__IO uint32_t* tmp_opamp_reg_trimming; /* Selection of register of trimming depending on power mode: OTR or HSOTR */
/* Check the OPAMP handle allocation */
/* Check if OPAMP locked */
if((hopamp == NULL) || (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSYLOCKED))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check if OPAMP in calibration mode and calibration not yet enable */
if(hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp->Instance));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_POWERMODE(hopamp->Init.PowerMode));
opampmode = READ_BIT(hopamp->Instance->CSR,OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL);
/* Use of standalone mode */
MODIFY_REG(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL, OPAMP_STANDALONE_MODE);
/* user trimming values are used for offset calibration */
SET_BIT(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
/* Select trimming settings depending on power mode */
if (hopamp->Init.PowerMode == OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMAL)
{
tmp_opamp_reg_trimming = &hopamp->Instance->OTR;
}
else
{
/* high speed Mode */
tmp_opamp_reg_trimming = &hopamp->Instance->HSOTR;
}
/* Enable calibration */
SET_BIT (hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
/* Force internal reference on VP */
SET_BIT (hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
/* 1st calibration - N */
MODIFY_REG(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_90VDDA);
/* Enable the selected opamp */
SET_BIT (hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
/* Init trimming counter */
/* Medium value */
trimmingvaluen = 16;
delta = 8;
while (delta != 0)
{
/* Set candidate trimming */
/* OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMAL */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen);
/* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
/* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
if (READ_BIT(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != RESET)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try higher trimming */
trimmingvaluen += delta;
}
else
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is LOW try lower trimming */
trimmingvaluen -= delta;
}
/* Divide range by 2 to continue dichotomy sweep */
delta >>= 1;
}
/* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
/* Indeed the first value that causes the OUTCAL bit to change from 1 to 0 */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen);
/* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
/* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
if ((READ_BIT(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)) != 0)
{
/* Trimming value is actually one value more */
trimmingvaluen++;
/* Set right trimming */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen);
}
/* 2nd calibration - P */
MODIFY_REG(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_10VDDA);
/* Init trimming counter */
/* Medium value */
trimmingvaluep = 16;
delta = 8;
while (delta != 0)
{
/* Set candidate trimming */
/* OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMAL */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
/* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
/* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
if (READ_BIT(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)!= RESET)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try higher trimming */
trimmingvaluep += delta;
}
else
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is LOW try lower trimming */
trimmingvaluep -= delta;
}
/* Divide range by 2 to continue dichotomy sweep */
delta >>= 1;
}
/* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
/* Indeed the first value that causes the OUTCAL bit to change from 1 to 0 */
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
/* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
/* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
if (READ_BIT(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != RESET)
{
/* Trimming value is actually one value more */
trimmingvaluep++;
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
}
/* Disable calibration & set normal mode (operating mode) */
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
/* Disable the OPAMP */
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
/* Set operating mode back */
CLEAR_BIT(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
/* Self calibration is successful */
/* Store calibration(user trimming) results in init structure. */
/* Set user trimming mode */
hopamp->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
/* Affect calibration parameters depending on mode normal/high speed */
if (hopamp->Init.PowerMode != OPAMP_POWERMODE_HIGHSPEED)
{
/* Write calibration result N */
hopamp->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen;
/* Write calibration result P */
hopamp->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep;
}
else
{
/* Write calibration result N */
hopamp->Init.TrimmingValueNHighSpeed = trimmingvaluen;
/* Write calibration result P */
hopamp->Init.TrimmingValuePHighSpeed = trimmingvaluep;
}
/* Restore OPAMP mode after calibration */
MODIFY_REG(hopamp->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL, opampmode);
}
else
{
/* OPAMP can not be calibrated from this mode */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup OPAMP_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the OPAMP data
transfers.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Lock the selected OPAMP configuration.
* @note On STM32H7, HAL OPAMP lock is software lock only (in
* contrast of hardware lock available on some other STM32
* devices)
* @param hopamp: OPAMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_Lock(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the OPAMP handle allocation */
/* Check if OPAMP locked */
/* OPAMP can be locked when enabled and running in normal mode */
/* It is meaningless otherwise */
if((hopamp == NULL) || (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_RESET) \
|| (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY) \
|| (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_CALIBBUSY)\
|| (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSYLOCKED))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp->Instance));
/* OPAMP state changed to locked */
hopamp->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSYLOCKED;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return the OPAMP factory trimming value.
* @note On STM32H7 OPAMP, user can retrieve factory trimming if
* OPAMP has never been set to user trimming before.
* Therefore, this function must be called when OPAMP init
* parameter "UserTrimming" is set to trimming factory,
* and before OPAMP calibration (function
* "HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate()").
* Otherwise, factory trimming value cannot be retrieved and
* error status is returned.
* @param hopamp : OPAMP handle
* @param trimmingoffset : Trimming offset (P or N)
* This parameter must be a value of @ref OPAMP_FactoryTrimming
* @note Calibration parameter retrieved is corresponding to the mode
* specified in OPAMP init structure (mode normal or high-speed).
* To retrieve calibration parameters for both modes, repeat this
* function after OPAMP init structure accordingly updated.
* @retval Trimming value (P or N): range: 0->31
* or OPAMP_FACTORYTRIMMING_DUMMY if trimming value is not available
*
*/
HAL_OPAMP_TrimmingValueTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_GetTrimOffset (OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp, uint32_t trimmingoffset)
{
HAL_OPAMP_TrimmingValueTypeDef trimmingvalue;
__IO uint32_t* tmp_opamp_reg_trimming; /* Selection of register of trimming depending on power mode: OTR or LPOTR */
/* Check the OPAMP handle allocation */
/* Value can be retrieved in HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY state */
if((hopamp == NULL) || (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_RESET) \
|| (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSY) \
|| (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_CALIBBUSY)\
|| (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSYLOCKED))
{
return OPAMP_FACTORYTRIMMING_DUMMY;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp->Instance));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_FACTORYTRIMMING(trimmingoffset));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_POWERMODE(hopamp->Init.PowerMode));
/* Check the trimming mode */
if (READ_BIT(hopamp->Instance->CSR,OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM)!= RESET)
{
/* This function must called when OPAMP init parameter "UserTrimming" */
/* is set to trimming factory, and before OPAMP calibration (function */
/* "HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate()"). */
/* Otherwise, factory trimming value cannot be retrieved and error */
/* status is returned. */
trimmingvalue = OPAMP_FACTORYTRIMMING_DUMMY;
}
else
{
/* Select trimming settings depending on power mode */
if (hopamp->Init.PowerMode == OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMAL)
{
tmp_opamp_reg_trimming = &hopamp->Instance->OTR;
}
else
{
tmp_opamp_reg_trimming = &hopamp->Instance->HSOTR;
}
/* Get factory trimming */
if (trimmingoffset == OPAMP_FACTORYTRIMMING_P)
{
/* OPAMP_FACTORYTRIMMING_P */
trimmingvalue = ((*tmp_opamp_reg_trimming) & OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP) >> OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING;
}
else
{
/* OPAMP_FACTORYTRIMMING_N */
trimmingvalue = (*tmp_opamp_reg_trimming) & OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN;
}
}
}
return trimmingvalue;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup OPAMP_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the OPAMP handle state.
* @param hopamp : OPAMP handle
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_OPAMP_StateTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_GetState(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp)
{
/* Check the OPAMP handle allocation */
if(hopamp == NULL)
{
return HAL_OPAMP_STATE_RESET;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp->Instance));
/* Return OPAMP handle state */
return hopamp->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_opamp_ex.c
+450
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_opamp_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief Extended OPAMP HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the operational amplifier(s)(OPAMP1, OPAMP2 etc)
* peripheral:
* + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup OPAMPEx OPAMPEx
* @brief OPAMP Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup OPAMPEx_Exported_Functions OPAMP Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup OPAMPEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Input and Output operation functions
* @brief Extended operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
(+) OPAMP Self calibration.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Run the self calibration of 2 OPAMPs in parallel.
* @note Trimming values (PMOS & NMOS) are updated and user trimming is
* enabled is calibration is successful.
* @note Calibration is performed in the mode specified in OPAMP init
* structure (mode normal or low power). To perform calibration for
* both modes, repeat this function twice after OPAMP init structure
* accordingly updated.
* @param hopamp1 handle
* @param hopamp2 handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMPEx_SelfCalibrateAll(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp1, OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp2)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t trimmingvaluen1 = 0;
uint32_t trimmingvaluep1 = 0;
uint32_t trimmingvaluen2 = 0;
uint32_t trimmingvaluep2 = 0;
/* Selection of register of trimming depending on power mode: OTR or HSOTR */
__IO uint32_t* tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming;
__IO uint32_t* tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming;
uint32_t delta;
uint32_t opampmode1;
uint32_t opampmode2;
if((hopamp1 == NULL) || (hopamp1->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSYLOCKED) || \
(hopamp2 == NULL) || (hopamp2->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSYLOCKED))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check if OPAMP in calibration mode and calibration not yet enable */
if((hopamp1->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY) && (hopamp2->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY))
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp1->Instance));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp2->Instance));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_POWERMODE(hopamp1->Init.PowerMode));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_POWERMODE(hopamp2->Init.PowerMode));
/* Set Calibration mode */
/* Non-inverting input connected to calibration reference voltage. */
SET_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
SET_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
/* Save OPAMP mode */
opampmode1 = READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR,OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL);
opampmode2 = READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR,OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL);
/* Use of standalone mode */
MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL, OPAMP_STANDALONE_MODE);
MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL, OPAMP_STANDALONE_MODE);
/* user trimming values are used for offset calibration */
SET_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
SET_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
/* Select trimming settings depending on power mode */
if (hopamp1->Init.PowerMode == OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMAL)
{
tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming = &OPAMP1->OTR;
}
else
{
tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming = &OPAMP1->HSOTR;
}
if (hopamp2->Init.PowerMode == OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMAL)
{
tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming = &OPAMP2->OTR;
}
else
{
tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming = &OPAMP2->HSOTR;
}
/* Enable calibration */
SET_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
SET_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
/* 1st calibration - N */
/* Select 90U% VREF */
MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_90VDDA);
MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_90VDDA);
/* Enable the selected opamp */
SET_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
SET_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
/* Init trimming counter */
/* Medium value */
trimmingvaluen1 = 16;
trimmingvaluen2 = 16;
delta = 8;
while (delta != 0)
{
/* Set candidate trimming */
/* OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMAL */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1);
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2);
/* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
/* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
if (READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)!= RESET)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is Low try higher trimming */
trimmingvaluen1 += delta;
}
else
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is High try lower trimming */
trimmingvaluen1 -= delta;
}
if (READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)!= RESET)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is Low try higher trimming */
trimmingvaluen2 += delta;
}
else
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is High try lower trimming */
trimmingvaluen2 -= delta;
}
/* Divide range by 2 to continue dichotomy sweep */
delta >>= 1;
}
/* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
/* Indeed the first value that causes the OUTCAL bit to change from 0 to 1 */
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1);
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2);
/* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
/* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
if ((READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)) != 0)
{
/* Trimming value is actually one value more */
trimmingvaluen1++;
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1);
}
if ((READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)) != 0)
{
/* Trimming value is actually one value more */
trimmingvaluen2++;
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2);
}
/* 2nd calibration - P */
/* Select 10U% VREF */
MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_10VDDA);
MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_10VDDA);
/* Init trimming counter */
/* Medium value */
trimmingvaluep1 = 16;
trimmingvaluep2 = 16;
delta = 8;
while (delta != 0)
{
/* Set candidate trimming */
/* OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMAL */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep1<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep2<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
/* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
/* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
if (READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)!= RESET)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is Low try higher trimming */
trimmingvaluep1 += delta;
}
else
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try lower trimming */
trimmingvaluep1 -= delta;
}
if (READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)!= RESET)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is Low try higher trimming */
trimmingvaluep2 += delta;
}
else
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is High try lower trimming */
trimmingvaluep2 -= delta;
}
/* Divide range by 2 to continue dichotomy sweep */
delta >>= 1;
}
/* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
/* Indeed the first value that causes the OUTCAL bit to change from 1 to 0 */
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep1<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep2<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
/* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
/* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
if (READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)!= RESET)
{
/* Trimming value is actually one value more */
trimmingvaluep1++;
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep1<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
}
if (READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)!= RESET)
{
/* Trimming value is actually one value more */
trimmingvaluep2++;
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep2<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
}
/* Disable calibration & set normal mode (operating mode) */
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
/* Disable the OPAMPs */
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
/* Self calibration is successful */
/* Store calibration (user trimming) results in init structure. */
/* Set user trimming mode */
hopamp1->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
hopamp2->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
/* Affect calibration parameters depending on mode normal/high speed */
if (hopamp1->Init.PowerMode != OPAMP_POWERMODE_HIGHSPEED)
{
/* Write calibration result N */
hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen1;
/* Write calibration result P */
hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep1;
}
else
{
/* Write calibration result N */
hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueNHighSpeed = trimmingvaluen1;
/* Write calibration result P */
hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValuePHighSpeed = trimmingvaluep1;
}
if (hopamp2->Init.PowerMode != OPAMP_POWERMODE_HIGHSPEED)
{
/* Write calibration result N */
hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen2;
/* Write calibration result P */
hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep2;
}
else
{
/* Write calibration result N */
hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueNHighSpeed = trimmingvaluen2;
/* Write calibration result P */
hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValuePHighSpeed = trimmingvaluep2;
}
/* Update OPAMP state */
hopamp1->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY;
hopamp2->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY;
/* Restore OPAMP mode after calibration */
MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL, opampmode1);
MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL, opampmode2);
}
else
{
/* At least one OPAMP can not be calibrated */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup OPAMPEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
(+) OPAMP unlock.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlock the selected OPAMP configuration.
* @note This function must be called only when OPAMP is in state "locked".
* @param hopamp: OPAMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMPEx_Unlock(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef* hopamp)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the OPAMP handle allocation */
/* Check if OPAMP locked */
if((hopamp == NULL) || (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_RESET)
|| (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
|| (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_CALIBBUSY)
|| (hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSY))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp->Instance));
/* OPAMP state changed to locked */
hopamp->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSY;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_pcd.c
+1350
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
+324
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief PCD HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
* + Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief PCDEx control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Update FIFO configuration
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set Tx FIFO.
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @param fifo: The number of Tx fifo
* @param size: Fifo size
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
{
uint8_t i = 0;
uint32_t Tx_Offset = 0;
/* TXn min size = 16 words. (n : Transmit FIFO index)
When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows:
case 1 : n > m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
--> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn.
case2 : n < m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
--> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words
The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top
of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones.
When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */
Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ;
if(fifo == 0)
{
hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset);
}
else
{
Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16;
for (i = 0; i < (fifo - 1); i++)
{
Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16);
}
/* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */
hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1] = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset);
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set Rx FIFO.
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @param size: Size of Rx fifo
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size)
{
hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Activate LPM Feature.
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->lpm_active = ENABLE;
hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
USBx->GLPMCFG |= (USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief De-activate LPM feature.
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->lpm_active = DISABLE;
USBx->GINTMSK &= ~USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
USBx->GLPMCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
return HAL_OK;
}
#if defined (USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN)
/**
* @brief Handle Battery Charging Process.
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Start BCD When device is connected */
if (USBx_DEVICE->DCTL & USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS)
{
/* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
/* Wait Detect flag or a timeout is happen*/
while ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET) == 0)
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > 1000)
{
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
return;
}
}
/* Right response got */
HAL_Delay(100);
/* Check Detect flag*/
if (USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET)
{
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
}
/*Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
(without charging capability) */
USBx->GCCFG &=~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN;
HAL_Delay(100);
if (!(USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDET))
{
/* Case of Standard Downstream Port */
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
}
else
{
/* start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
USBx->GCCFG &=~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN;
USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN;
HAL_Delay(100);
if ((USBx->GCCFG) & USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDET)
{
/* case Dedicated Charging Port */
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
}
else
{
/* case Charging Downstream Port */
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
}
}
/* Battery Charging capability discovery finished */
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
}
}
/**
* @brief Activate BatteryCharging feature.
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->battery_charging_active = ENABLE;
USBx->GCCFG |= (USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN);
/* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->battery_charging_active = DISABLE;
USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @param msg: LPM message
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpcd);
UNUSED(msg);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#endif /* USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN */
/**
* @brief Send LPM message to user layer callback.
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @param msg: LPM message
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpcd);
UNUSED(msg);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_pwr.c
+610
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,610 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief PWR HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR PWR
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Private_Constants PWR Private Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
* @{
*/
#define PVD_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000U)
#define PVD_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000U)
#define PVD_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001U)
#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002U)
#define PVD_RISING_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000003U)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and De-Initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and De-Initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and De-Initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted
write accesses.
To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
(+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
(+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitialize the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @note This functionality is not available in this product.
* The prototype is kept just to maintain compatibility with other products.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief Enable access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
* backup data registers and backup SRAM).
* @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
{
/* Enable access to RTC and backup registers */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
* backup data registers and backup SRAM).
* @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
{
/* Disable access to RTC and backup registers */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
*** PVD configuration ***
=========================
[..]
(+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[7:0] bits in the PWR_CR1 register).
(+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD is higher or lower
than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
line 16 to generate an interrupt if enabled.
It is configurable through __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
(+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
*** Wake-up pin configuration ***
================================
[..]
(+) Wake-up pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode.
The pin pull is configurable through the WKUPEPR register to be in No pull-up, Pull-up and Pull-down.
The pin polarity is configurable through the WKUPEPR register to be active on rising or falling edges.
(+) There are up to six Wake-up pin in the STM32H7 devices family.
*** Low Power modes configuration ***
=====================================
[..]
The device present 3 principles low-power modes features:
(+) SLEEP mode: Cortex-M7 core stopped and D1, D2 and D3 peripherals kept running.
(+) STOP mode: all clocks are stoppedand the regulator running in main or low power mode.
(+) STANDBY mode: D1, D2 and D3 domains enter DSTANDBY mode and the VCORE supply
regulator is powered off.
*** SLEEP mode ***
==================
[..]
(+) Entry:
The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(Regulator, SLEEPEntry)
function.
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
-@@- The Regulator parameter is not used for the STM32H7 family
and is kept as parameter just to maintain compatibility with the
lower power families (STM32L).
(+) Exit:
Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
*** STOP mode ***
=================
[..]
In system Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI,
and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents
are preserved.
The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before
entering the Stop mode using the HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function.
It can be switched on again by software after exiting the Stop mode using
the HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown() function.
(+) Entry:
The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(Regulator, STOPEntry)
function with:
(++) Regulator:
(+++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Main regulator ON.
(+++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low Power regulator ON.
(++) STOPEntry:
(+++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
(+++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
(+) Exit:
Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
*** STANDBY mode ***
====================
[..]
(+)
The system Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
on the Cortex-M7 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
The system is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and
the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost
except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby
circuitry.
[..]
The voltage regulator is OFF.
(++) Entry:
(+++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
(++) Exit:
(+++) WKUP pin rising or falling edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC
wakeup, tamper event, time stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
*** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
=============================================
[..]
(+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
Wakeup event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on
an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
(+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the STOP and STANDBY modes
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
* information for the PVD.
* @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
* more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
* detection level.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
/* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
/* Clear any previous config */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
/* Configure interrupt mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
}
/* Configure event mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
}
/* Configure the edge */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
}
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
{
/* Enable the power voltage detector */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_PVDEN);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
{
/* Disable the power voltage detector */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_PVDEN);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinPolarity: Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable.
* This parameter can be one of the following legacy values, which sets the default:
* polarity detection on high level (rising edge):
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4,
* PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6 or one of the following values where
* the user can explicitly states the enabled pin and the chosen polarity.
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_LOW
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_LOW
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_LOW
* @note PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity)
{
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinPolarity));
/* Enable and Specify the Wake-Up pin polarity and the pull configuration
for the event detection (rising or falling edge) */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->WKUPEPR, PWR_EWUP_MASK, WakeUpPinPolarity);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->WKUPEPR, WakeUpPinx);
}
/**
* @brief Enter CM7 core to Sleep mode.
* @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON
* @note This parameter is not used for the STM32H7 family and is kept as parameter
* just to maintain compatibility with the lower power families.
* @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
/* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select SLEEP mode entry */
if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enter the system to STOP mode.
* @note In System Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @note When exiting System Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as default system wakeup clock.
* @note In System STOP mode, when the voltage regulator operates in low power mode,
* an additional startup delay is incurred when the system is waking up.
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
* @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON
* @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
/* Select the regulator state in Stop mode */
tmpreg = PWR->CR1;
/* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */
tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR1_LPDS);
/* Set LPDS bit according to Regulator value */
tmpreg |= Regulator;
/* Store the new value */
PWR->CR1 = tmpreg;
/* Keep DSTOP mode when D1 domain enters Deepsleep */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CPUCR, PWR_CPUCR_PDDS_D1);
/* Keep DSTOP mode when D2 domain enters Deepsleep */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CPUCR, PWR_CPUCR_PDDS_D2);
/* Keep DSTOP mode when D3 domain enters Deepsleep */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CPUCR, PWR_CPUCR_PDDS_D3);
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
/* Ensure that all instructions done before entering STOP mode */
__DSB();
__ISB();
/* Select Stop mode entry */
if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
}
/**
* @brief Enter the system to STANDBY mode.
* @note The system enters Standby mode only when the D1, D2 and D3 domains are in DStandby.
* @note When the System exit STANDBY mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
{
/* Keep DSTANDBY mode when D1 domain enters Deepsleep */
SET_BIT(PWR->CPUCR, PWR_CPUCR_PDDS_D1);
/* Keep DSTANDBY mode when D2 domain enters Deepsleep */
SET_BIT(PWR->CPUCR, PWR_CPUCR_PDDS_D2);
/* Keep DSTANDBY mode when D3 domain enters Deepsleep */
SET_BIT(PWR->CPUCR, PWR_CPUCR_PDDS_D3);
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
__force_stores();
#endif
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
/**
* @brief Indicate Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
* interruptions handling.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disable Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enable CORTEX SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disable CORTEX SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
* @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
{
/* PVD EXTI line interrupt detected */
if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
{
/* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
/* Clear PWR EXTI pending bit */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
}
}
/**
* @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
+1293
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_qspi.c
+2207
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_rcc.c
+1358
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
+4039
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_rng.c
+475
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,475 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_rng.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief RNG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral:
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro
in HAL_RNG_MspInit().
(#) Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function.
(#) Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid
random data using (polling/interrupt) mode.
(#) Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters
in the RNG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the RNG peripheral
(+) Initialize the RNG MSP
(+) DeInitialize RNG MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if(hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(hrng->Instance));
assert_param(IS_RNG_CED(hrng->Init.ClockErrorDetection));
if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_RNG_MspInit(hrng);
}
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* CED Configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CED, hrng->Init.ClockErrorDetection);
/* Enable the RNG Peripheral */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng);
/* Initialize the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the RNG peripheral.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if(hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Disable the RNG Peripheral */
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_IE | RNG_CR_RNGEN |RNG_CR_CED);
/* Clear RNG interrupt status flags */
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->SR, RNG_SR_CEIS | RNG_SR_SEIS);
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(hrng);
/* Update the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
/* Return the function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the RNG MSP.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_MspInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_MspInit must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the RNG MSP.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Get the 32 bit Random number
(+) Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled
(+) Handle RNG interrupt request
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Generates a 32-bit random number.
* @note Each time the random number data is read the RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag
* is automatically cleared.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param random32bit: pointer to generated random number variable if successful.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t *random32bit)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Check if data register contains valid random data */
while(__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_DRDY) == RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Get a 32bit Random number */
hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
*random32bit = hrng->RandomNumber;
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
/* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
}
else
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Handles RNG interrupt request.
* @note In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate
* random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User has
* to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide
* the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT().
* The clock error has no impact on the previously generated
* random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used.
* @note In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is
* interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is
* available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may
* not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the
* SEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable and enable
* the RNG peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG.
* @note User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once whether SEIS
* or CEIS are set.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* RNG clock error interrupt occurred */
if((__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI) != RESET) || (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_SEI) != RESET))
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(hrng);
/* Clear the clock error flag */
__HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI|RNG_IT_SEI);
}
/* Check RNG data ready interrupt occurred */
if(__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_DRDY) != RESET)
{
/* Generate random number once, so disable the IT */
__HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT(hrng);
/* Get the 32bit Random number (DRDY flag automatically cleared) */
hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
if(hrng->State != HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* Data Ready callback */
HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Read latest generated random number.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval random value
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
return(hrng->RandomNumber);
}
/**
* @brief Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param random32bit: generated random number.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t random32bit)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
UNUSED(random32bit);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief RNG error callbacks.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the RNG state.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
return hrng->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_rtc.c
+1531
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
+1830
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_sai.c
+2332
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_sai_ex.c
+140
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_sai_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief SAI Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionality of the SAI Peripheral Controller:
* + Modify PDM microphone delays.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup SAIEx SAIEx
* @brief SAI Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
#define SAI_PDM_DELAY_MASK 0x77U
#define SAI_PDM_DELAY_OFFSET 8U
#define SAI_PDM_RIGHT_DELAY_OFFSET 4U
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions SAIEx Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief SAIEx control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Modify PDM microphone delays
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure PDM microphone delays.
* @param hsai SAI handle.
* @param pdmMicDelay Microphone delays configuration.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAIEx_ConfigPdmMicDelay(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, SAIEx_PdmMicDelayParamTypeDef *pdmMicDelay)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
SAI_TypeDef *SaiBaseAddress = NULL;
/* Get the SAI base address according to the SAI handle */
SaiBaseAddress = (hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_A) ? SAI1 : \
((hsai->Instance == SAI2_Block_A) ? SAI2 : \
((hsai->Instance == SAI3_Block_A) ? SAI3 : \
((hsai->Instance == SAI4_Block_A) ? SAI4 : \
NULL)));
if((SaiBaseAddress != NULL) && (hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET))
{
/* Check microphone delay parameters */
assert_param(IS_SAI_PDM_MIC_PAIRS_NUMBER(pdmMicDelay->MicPair));
assert_param(IS_SAI_PDM_MIC_DELAY(pdmMicDelay->LeftDelay));
assert_param(IS_SAI_PDM_MIC_DELAY(pdmMicDelay->RightDelay));
/* Reset current delays for specified microphone */
SaiBaseAddress->PDMDLY &= ~(SAI_PDM_DELAY_MASK << (SAI_PDM_DELAY_OFFSET * (pdmMicDelay->MicPair - 1)));
/* Apply new microphone delays */
SaiBaseAddress->PDMDLY |= (((pdmMicDelay->RightDelay << SAI_PDM_RIGHT_DELAY_OFFSET) | pdmMicDelay->LeftDelay) << \
(SAI_PDM_DELAY_OFFSET * (pdmMicDelay->MicPair - 1)));
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_sd.c
+2952
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_sd_ex.c
+313
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_sd_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief SD card Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Secure Digital (SD) peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The SD Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
(+) Configure Buffer0 and Buffer1 start address and Buffer size using HAL_SDEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer() function.
(+) Start Read and Write for multibuffer mode using HAL_SDEx_ReadBlocksDMAMultiBuffer() and HAL_SDEx_WriteBlocksDMAMultiBuffer() functions.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SDEx SDEx
* @brief SD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup SDEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup SDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Multibuffer functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Multibuffer functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the multibuffer mode and start read and write
multibuffer mode for SD HAL driver.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure DMA Dual Buffer mode. The Data transfer is managed by an Internal DMA.
* @param hsd: SD handle
* @param pDataBuffer0: Pointer to the buffer0 that will contain/receive the transfered data
* @param pDataBuffer1: Pointer to the buffer1 that will contain/receive the transfered data
* @param BufferSize: Size of Buffer0 in Blocks. Buffer0 and Buffer1 must have the same size.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t * pDataBuffer0, uint32_t * pDataBuffer1, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY)
{
hsd->Instance->IDMABASE0= (uint32_t) pDataBuffer0 ;
hsd->Instance->IDMABASE1= (uint32_t) pDataBuffer1 ;
hsd->Instance->IDMABSIZE= (uint32_t) BufferSize;
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The received Data will be stored in Buffer0 and Buffer1.
* Buffer0, Buffer1 and BufferSize need to be configured by function HAL_SDEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer before call this function.
* @param hsd: SD handle
* @param BlockAdd: Block Address from where data is to be read
* @param NumberOfBlocks: Total number of blocks to read
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDEx_ReadBlocksDMAMultiBuffer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
{
SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef config;
uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE;
if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY)
{
if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr))
{
hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if ((hsd->Instance->IDMABASE0 == 0) || (hsd->Instance->IDMABASE1 == 0) || (hsd->Instance->IDMABSIZE == 0))
{
hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Initialize data control register */
hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE;
hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY;
if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC)
{
BlockAdd *= 512;
}
/* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT;
config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks;
config.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
config.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC;
config.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
config.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_DISABLE;
SDMMC_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config);
hsd->Instance->DCTRL |= SDMMC_DCTRL_FIFORST;
__SDMMC_CMDTRANS_ENABLE( hsd->Instance);
hsd->Instance->IDMACTRL = SDMMC_ENABLE_IDMA_DOUBLE_BUFF0;
__HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMATE | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMABTC));
/* Read Blocks in DMA mode */
hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_DMA);
/* Read Multi Block command */
errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd);
if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE)
{
hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY;
hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Write block(s) to a specified address in a card. The transfered Data are stored in Buffer0 and Buffer1.
* Buffer0, Buffer1 and BufferSize need to be configured by function HAL_SDEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer before call this function.
* @param hsd: SD handle
* @param BlockAdd: Block Address from where data is to be read
* @param NumberOfBlocks: Total number of blocks to read
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDEx_WriteBlocksDMAMultiBuffer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
{
SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef config;
uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE;
if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY)
{
if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr))
{
hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if ((hsd->Instance->IDMABASE0 == 0) || (hsd->Instance->IDMABASE1 == 0) || (hsd->Instance->IDMABSIZE == 0))
{
hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Initialize data control register */
hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE;
hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY;
if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC)
{
BlockAdd *= 512;
}
/* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT;
config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks;
config.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
config.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD;
config.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
config.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_DISABLE;
SDMMC_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config);
__SDMMC_CMDTRANS_ENABLE( hsd->Instance);
hsd->Instance->IDMACTRL = SDMMC_ENABLE_IDMA_DOUBLE_BUFF0;
__HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMATE | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMABTC));
/* Write Blocks in DMA mode */
hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_DMA);
/* Write Multi Block command */
errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd);
if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE)
{
hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY;
hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Change the DMA Buffer0 or Buffer1 address on the fly.
* @param hsd: pointer to a SD_HandleTypeDef structure.
* @param Buffer: the buffer to be changed, This parameter can be one of
* the following values: SD_DMA_BUFFER0 or SD_DMA_BUFFER1
* @param pDataBuffer: The new address
* @note The BUFFER0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
* BUFFER1 and the BUFFER1 address can be changed only when the current
* transfer use BUFFER0.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDEx_ChangeDMABuffer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SDEx_DMABuffer_MemoryTypeDef Buffer, uint32_t *pDataBuffer)
{
if(Buffer == SD_DMA_BUFFER0)
{
/* change the buffer0 address */
hsd->Instance->IDMABASE0 = (uint32_t)pDataBuffer;
}
else
{
/* change the memory1 address */
hsd->Instance->IDMABASE1 = (uint32_t)pDataBuffer;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_sdram.c
+862
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,862 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_sdram.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief SDRAM HAL module driver.
* This file provides a generic firmware to drive SDRAM memories mounted
* as external device.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
control SDRAM memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface
with SDRAM devices.
The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface
with SDRAM memories:
(#) Declare a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
SDRAM_HandleTypeDef hdsram
(++) Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed
values of the structure member.
(++) Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined
base register instance for NOR or SDRAM device
(#) Declare a FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef structure; for example:
FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef Timing;
and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
(#) Initialize the SDRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SDRAM_Init(). This function
performs the following sequence:
(##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SDRAM_MspInit()
(##) Control register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function
FMC_SDRAM_Init()
(##) Timing register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function
FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init()
(##) Program the SDRAM external device by applying its initialization sequence
according to the device plugged in your hardware. This step is mandatory
for accessing the SDRAM device.
(#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected
to the SDRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the
following APIs:
(++) HAL_SDRAM_Read()/HAL_SDRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
(++) HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
(#) You can also control the SDRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SDRAM write operation or
the function HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand() to send a specified command to the SDRAM
device. The command to be sent must be configured with the FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef
structure.
(#) You can continuously monitor the SDRAM device HAL state by calling the function
HAL_SDRAM_GetState()
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SDRAM SDRAM
* @brief SDRAM driver modules
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions SDRAM Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SDRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
the SDRAM memory
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Performs the SDRAM device initialization sequence.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param Timing: Pointer to SDRAM control timing structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Init(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
{
/* Check the SDRAM handle parameter */
if(hsdram == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hsdram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_SDRAM_MspInit(hsdram);
}
/* Initialize the SDRAM controller state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize SDRAM control Interface */
FMC_SDRAM_Init(hsdram->Instance, &(hsdram->Init));
/* Initialize SDRAM timing Interface */
FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init(hsdram->Instance, Timing, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
/* Enable FMC IP */
__FMC_ENABLE();
/* Update the SDRAM controller state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Perform the SDRAM device initialization sequence.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_DeInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit(hsdram);
/* Configure the SDRAM registers with their reset values */
FMC_SDRAM_DeInit(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
/* Reset the SDRAM controller state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief SDRAM MSP Init.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_MspInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsdram);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief SDRAM MSP DeInit.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsdram);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief This function handles SDRAM refresh error interrupt request.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
void HAL_SDRAM_IRQHandler(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Check SDRAM interrupt Rising edge flag */
if(__FMC_SDRAM_GET_FLAG(hsdram->Instance, FMC_SDRAM_FLAG_REFRESH_IT))
{
/* SDRAM refresh error interrupt callback */
HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback(hsdram);
/* Clear SDRAM refresh error interrupt pending bit */
__FMC_SDRAM_CLEAR_FLAG(hsdram->Instance, FMC_SDRAM_FLAG_REFRESH_ERROR);
}
}
/**
* @brief SDRAM Refresh error callback.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsdram);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA transfer complete callback.
* @param hmdma: pointer to a MDMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(MDMA_HandleTypeDef *hmdma)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdma);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA transfer complete error callback.
* @param hmdma: DMA handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(MDMA_HandleTypeDef *hmdma)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdma);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
* @brief Input Output and memory control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SDRAM Input and Output functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SDRAM memory
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Reads 8-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_8b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint8_t *pSdramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Read data from source */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)pSdramAddress;
pDstBuffer++;
pSdramAddress++;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes 8-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_8b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint8_t *pSdramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
tmp = hsdram->State;
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Write data to memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*(__IO uint8_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
pSrcBuffer++;
pSdramAddress++;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads 16-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_16b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint16_t *pSdramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Read data from source */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)pSdramAddress;
pDstBuffer++;
pSdramAddress++;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes 16-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_16b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint16_t *pSdramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
tmp = hsdram->State;
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Write data to memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*(__IO uint16_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
pSrcBuffer++;
pSdramAddress++;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads 32-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_32b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint32_t *pSdramAddress = (uint32_t *)pAddress;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Read data from source */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pSdramAddress;
pDstBuffer++;
pSdramAddress++;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes 32-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_32b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint32_t *pSdramAddress = (uint32_t *)pAddress;
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
tmp = hsdram->State;
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Write data to memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
pSrcBuffer++;
pSdramAddress++;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads a Words data from the SDRAM memory using DMA transfer.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
tmp = hsdram->State;
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Configure DMA user callbacks */
hsdram->hmdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
hsdram->hmdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_MDMA_Start_IT(hsdram->hmdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)(BufferSize * 4), 1);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes a Words data buffer to SDRAM memory using DMA transfer.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
tmp = hsdram->State;
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Configure DMA user callbacks */
hsdram->hmdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
hsdram->hmdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_MDMA_Start_IT(hsdram->hmdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)(BufferSize * 4), 1);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SDRAM Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
the SDRAM interface.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables dynamically SDRAM write protection.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable write protection */
FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically SDRAM write protection.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable write protection */
FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Sends Command to the SDRAM bank.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param Command: SDRAM command structure
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef *Command, uint32_t Timeout)
{
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Send SDRAM command */
FMC_SDRAM_SendCommand(hsdram->Instance, Command, Timeout);
/* Update the SDRAM controller state state */
if(Command->CommandMode == FMC_SDRAM_CMD_PALL)
{
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED;
}
else
{
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Programs the SDRAM Memory Refresh rate.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param RefreshRate: The SDRAM refresh rate value
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t RefreshRate)
{
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Program the refresh rate */
FMC_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(hsdram->Instance ,RefreshRate);
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the Number of consecutive SDRAM Memory auto Refresh commands.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param AutoRefreshNumber: The SDRAM auto Refresh number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t AutoRefreshNumber)
{
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Set the Auto-Refresh number */
FMC_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(hsdram->Instance ,AutoRefreshNumber);
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the SDRAM memory current mode.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval The SDRAM memory mode.
*/
uint32_t HAL_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Return the SDRAM memory current mode */
return(FMC_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SDRAM State functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SDRAM controller
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the SDRAM state.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_SDRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_GetState(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
return hsdram->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_smartcard.c
+2343
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
+208
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
* This file provides extended firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the SmartCard.
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
*
@verbatim
=============================================================================
##### SMARTCARD peripheral extended features #####
=============================================================================
[..]
The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(),
then program SMARTCARD advanced features if required (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut,
auto-retry counter,...) in the hsmartcard AdvancedInit structure.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx SMARTCARDEx
* @brief SMARTCARD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register.
* @param hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @param BlockLength: SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most)
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t BlockLength)
{
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_BLEN, ((uint32_t)BlockLength << SMARTCARD_RTOR_BLEN_LSB_POS));
}
/**
* @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
* @param hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @param TimeOutValue: receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
* value must be less or equal to 0x00FFFFFF.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t TimeOutValue)
{
assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue));
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeOutValue);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
* @param hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
if(hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
* @param hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
if(hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_smbus.c
+2039
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_spdifrx.c
+1266
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_spi.c
+3139
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_spi_ex.c
+245
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_spi_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief Extended SPI HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* SPI peripheral extended functionalities :
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx SPIEx
* @brief SPI Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions SPIEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
* @brief Data transfers functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI
data transfers.
(#) SPIEx function:
(++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
(++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
(++) HAL_SPIEx_EnableLockConfiguration()
(++) HAL_SPIEx_ConfigureUnderrun()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Flush the RX fifo.
* @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
{
__IO uint32_t tmpreg;
uint8_t count = 0;
while ( ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_FRLVL) != SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY) || ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_RXWNE) == SPI_FLAG_RXWNE))
{
count+=4;
tmpreg = hspi->Instance->RXDR;
UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
if (IS_SPI_HIGHEND_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance))
{
if(count > SPI_HIGHEND_FIFO_SIZE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
else
{
if(count > SPI_LOWEND_FIFO_SIZE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Lock for the AF configuration of associated IOs
* and write protect the Content of Configuartion register 2
* when SPI is enabled
* @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SPI module.
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_EnableLockConfiguration(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hspi);
if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
{
errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
return errorcode;
}
/* Check if the SPI is disabled to edit IOLOCK bit */
if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
{
SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1 , SPI_CR1_IOLOCK);
}
else
{
/* Disable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1 , SPI_CR1_IOLOCK);
/* Enable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
}
hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
return errorcode;
}
/**
* @brief Configure the UNDERRUN condition and behavior of slave transmitter.
* @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SPI module.
* @param UnderrunDetection : Detection of underrun condition at slave transmitter
* This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Underrun_Detection.
* @param UnderrunBehaviour : Behavior of slave transmitter at underrun condition
* This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Underrun_Behaviour.
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_ConfigureUnderrun(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t UnderrunDetection, uint32_t UnderrunBehaviour)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hspi);
/* Check State and Insure that Underrun configuration is managed only by Salve */
if ((hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || (hspi->Init.Mode != SPI_MODE_SLAVE))
{
errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
return errorcode;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_UNDERRUN_DETECTION(UnderrunDetection));
assert_param(IS_SPI_UNDERRUN_BEHAVIOUR(UnderrunBehaviour));
/* Check if the SPI is disabled to edit CFG1 register */
if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
{
/* Configure Underrun fields */
MODIFY_REG(hspi->Instance->CFG1, SPI_CFG1_UDRDET, UnderrunDetection);
MODIFY_REG(hspi->Instance->CFG1, SPI_CFG1_UDRCFG, UnderrunBehaviour);
}
else
{
/* Disable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
/* Configure Underrun fields */
MODIFY_REG(hspi->Instance->CFG1, SPI_CFG1_UDRDET, UnderrunDetection);
MODIFY_REG(hspi->Instance->CFG1, SPI_CFG1_UDRCFG, UnderrunBehaviour);
/* Enable SPI peripheral */
__HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
}
hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
return errorcode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_sram.c
+693
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_sram.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief SRAM HAL module driver.
* This file provides a generic firmware to drive SRAM memories
* mounted as external device.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
control SRAM memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface
with SRAM devices.
The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface
with SRAM/PSRAM memories:
(#) Declare a SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
SRAM_HandleTypeDef hsram; and:
(++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed
values of the structure member.
(++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined
base register instance for NOR or SRAM device
(++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Extended" field with a predefined
base register instance for NOR or SRAM extended mode
(#) Declare two FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef structures, for both normal and extended
mode timings; for example:
FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef Timing and FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef ExTiming;
and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
(#) Initialize the SRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SRAM_Init(). This function
performs the following sequence:
(##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SRAM_MspInit()
(##) Control register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
FMC_NORSRAM_Init()
(##) Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
(##) Extended mode Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
(##) Enable the SRAM device using the macro __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE()
(#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected
to the NOR/SRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the
following APIs:
(++) HAL_SRAM_Read()/HAL_SRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
(++) HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
(#) You can also control the SRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SRAM write operation
(#) You can continuously monitor the SRAM device HAL state by calling the function
HAL_SRAM_GetState()
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SRAM SRAM
* @brief SRAM driver modules
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions SRAM Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
the SRAM memory
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Performs the SRAM device initialization sequence
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param Timing: Pointer to SRAM control timing structure
* @param ExtTiming: Pointer to SRAM extended mode timing structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Init(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *ExtTiming)
{
/* Check the SRAM handle parameter */
if(hsram == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hsram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_SRAM_MspInit(hsram);
}
/* Initialize SRAM control Interface */
FMC_NORSRAM_Init(hsram->Instance, &(hsram->Init));
/* Initialize SRAM timing Interface */
FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(hsram->Instance, Timing, hsram->Init.NSBank);
/* Initialize SRAM extended mode timing Interface */
FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(hsram->Extended, ExtTiming, hsram->Init.NSBank, hsram->Init.ExtendedMode);
/* Enable the NORSRAM device */
__FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
/* Enable FMC IP */
__FMC_ENABLE();
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Performs the SRAM device De-initialization sequence.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_DeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
{
/* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(hsram);
/* Configure the SRAM registers with their reset values */
FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(hsram->Instance, hsram->Extended, hsram->Init.NSBank);
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief SRAM MSP Init.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsram);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief SRAM MSP DeInit.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsram);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA transfer complete callback.
* @param hmdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(MDMA_HandleTypeDef *hmdma)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdma);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA transfer complete error callback.
* @param hmdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(MDMA_HandleTypeDef *hmdma)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdma);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input Output and memory control functions
* @brief Input Output and memory control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SRAM Input and Output functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SRAM memory
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Reads 8-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint8_t * psramaddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Read data from memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)psramaddress;
pDstBuffer++;
psramaddress++;
}
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes 8-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint8_t * psramaddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
/* Check the SRAM controller state */
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Write data to memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*(__IO uint8_t *)psramaddress = *pSrcBuffer;
pSrcBuffer++;
psramaddress++;
}
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads 16-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint16_t * psramaddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Read data from memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)psramaddress;
pDstBuffer++;
psramaddress++;
}
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes 16-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint16_t * psramaddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
/* Check the SRAM controller state */
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Write data to memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*(__IO uint16_t *)psramaddress = *pSrcBuffer;
pSrcBuffer++;
psramaddress++;
}
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads 32-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Read data from memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress;
pDstBuffer++;
pAddress++;
}
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes 32-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
/* Check the SRAM controller state */
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Write data to memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
pSrcBuffer++;
pAddress++;
}
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads a Words data from the SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Configure DMA user callbacks */
hsram->hmdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
hsram->hmdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_MDMA_Start_IT(hsram->hmdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)(BufferSize * 4), 1);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes a Words data buffer to SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
/* Check the SRAM controller state */
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Configure DMA user callbacks */
hsram->hmdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
hsram->hmdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_MDMA_Start_IT(hsram->hmdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)(BufferSize * 4), 1);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions
* @brief Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SRAM Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
the SRAM interface.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables dynamically SRAM write operation.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Enable write operation */
FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically SRAM write operation.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable write operation */
FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SRAM State functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SRAM controller
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the SRAM controller state
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_SRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SRAM_GetState(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
{
return hsram->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_swpmi.c
+1534
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_tim.c
+5706
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_tim_ex.c
+2090
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_uart.c
+2916
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_uart_ex.c
+506
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,506 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_uart_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief Extended UART HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
* functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART).
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### UART peripheral extended features #####
==============================================================================
(#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
(#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enable mode, initialize the UART registers
by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx UARTEx
* @brief UART Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Private_Functions UARTEx Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions UARTEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
in asynchronous mode.
(+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:
(++) Baud Rate
(++) Word Length
(++) Stop Bit
(++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
(++) Hardware flow control
(++) Receiver/transmitter modes
(++) Over Sampling Method
(++) One-Bit Sampling Method
(+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
(++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
(++) data logical level inversion
(++) RX and TX pins swap
(++) RX overrun detection disabling
(++) DMA disabling on RX error
(++) MSB first on communication line
(++) auto Baud rate detection
[..]
The HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API follows the UART RS485 mode configuration
procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
@endverbatim
Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit,
8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the
following table.
Table 1. UART frame format.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
| M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the specified
* parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
* @param huart: UART handle.
* @param Polarity: select the driver enable polarity.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH: DE signal is active high
* @arg UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW: DE signal is active low
* @param AssertionTime: Driver Enable assertion time:
* 5-bit value defining the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable)
* signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time
* units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate)
* @param DeassertionTime: Driver Enable deassertion time:
* 5-bit value defining the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a
* transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal.
* It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the
* oversampling rate).
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t AssertionTime, uint32_t DeassertionTime)
{
uint32_t temp = 0x0U;
/* Check the UART handle allocation */
if(huart == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the Driver Enable UART instance */
assert_param(IS_UART_DRIVER_ENABLE_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
/* Check the Driver Enable polarity */
assert_param(IS_UART_DE_POLARITY(Polarity));
/* Check the Driver Enable assertion time */
assert_param(IS_UART_ASSERTIONTIME(AssertionTime));
/* Check the Driver Enable deassertion time */
assert_param(IS_UART_DEASSERTIONTIME(DeassertionTime));
if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
}
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
/* Set the UART Communication parameters */
if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
{
UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
}
/* Enable the Driver Enable mode by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */
SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEM);
/* Set the Driver Enable polarity */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEP, Polarity);
/* Set the Driver Enable assertion and deassertion times */
temp = (AssertionTime << UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
temp |= (DeassertionTime << UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_DEDT|USART_CR1_DEAT), temp);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
/* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides the following functions:
(+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode() API enables the UART clock (HSI or LSE only) during stop mode
(+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode() API disables the above functionality
(+) HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node address
detection length to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake up.
(+) HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() API defines the wake-up from stop mode
trigger: address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status.
(+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API enables the UART to wake up the MCU from stop mode
(+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above functionality
(+) HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback() called upon UART wakeup interrupt
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is set
* to address mark, the UART handles only 4-bit long addresses detection;
* this API allows to enable longer addresses detection (6-, 7- or 8-bit
* long).
* @note Addresses detection lengths are: 6-bit address detection in 7-bit data mode,
* 7-bit address detection in 8-bit data mode, 8-bit address detection in 9-bit data mode.
* @param huart: UART handle.
* @param AddressLength: this parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B: 4-bit long address
* @arg UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B: 6-, 7- or 8-bit long address
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t AddressLength)
{
/* Check the UART handle allocation */
if(huart == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the address length parameter */
assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(AddressLength));
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
/* Set the address length */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, AddressLength);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
/* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState to Ready */
return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
}
/**
* @brief Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection.
* @param huart: UART handle.
* @param WakeUpSelection: address match, Start Bit detection, RXNE bit status
* or RX/TX FIFO related event.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_RXFIFO_FULL
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_TXFIFO_EMPTY
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
/* check the wake-up from stop mode UART instance */
assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
/* check the wake-up selection parameter */
assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_SELECTION(WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
switch (WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent)
{
case UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS:
case UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT:
case UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY:
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
/* Set the wake-up selection scheme */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_WUS, WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent);
if (WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent == UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS)
{
UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(huart, WakeUpSelection);
}
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
/* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait until REACK flag is set */
if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
{
status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
else
{
/* Initialize the UART State */
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
}
break;
case UART_WAKEUP_ON_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD:
/* Enable RXFT interrupt */
SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTIE);
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
break;
case UART_WAKEUP_ON_RXFIFO_FULL:
/* Enable RXFF interrupt */
SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXFFIE);
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
break;
case UART_WAKEUP_ON_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD:
/* Enable TXFT interrupt */
SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
break;
case UART_WAKEUP_ON_TXFIFO_EMPTY:
/* Enable TXFE interrupt */
SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXFEIE);
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Enable UART Stop Mode.
* @note The UART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE.
* @param huart: UART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Set UESM bit */
SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable UART Stop Mode.
* @param huart: UART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Clear UESM bit */
CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief UART wakeup from Stop mode callback.
* @param huart: UART handle.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(huart);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the UART wake-up from stop mode parameters when triggered by address detection.
* @param huart: UART handle.
* @param WakeUpSelection: UART wake up from stop mode parameters.
* @retval None
*/
static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
{
assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(WakeUpSelection.AddressLength));
/* Set the USART address length */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, WakeUpSelection.AddressLength);
/* Set the USART address node */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)WakeUpSelection.Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS));
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_usart.c
+2432
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_hal_wwdg.c
+322
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_hal_wwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and Configuration function
* + IO operation functions
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### WWDG specific features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (T[6;0] downcounter)
before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F).
(+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
(+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
(+) WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register informs when a WWDG reset has
occurred (check available with __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)).
(+) The WWDG downcounter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
by a programmable prescaler.
(+) WWDG downcounter clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
(+) WWDG timeout (ms) = (1000 * (T[5;0] + 1)) / (WWDG downcounter clock)
where T[5;0] are the lowest 6 bits of downcounter.
(+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
(++) min time (ms) = (1000 * (T[5;0] - Window)) / (WWDG downcounter clock)
(++) max time (ms) = (1000 * (T[5;0] - 0x40)) / (WWDG downcounter clock)
(+) Min-max timeout value @80 MHz(PCLK1): ~51.2 us / ~26.22 ms
(+) The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety
operations or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is
generated. When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, an EWI interrupt
is generated and the corresponding interrupt service routine (ISR) can
be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
logging), before resetting the device.
In some applications, the EWI interrupt can be used to manage a software
system check and/or system recovery/graceful degradation, without
generating a WWDG reset. In this case, the corresponding interrupt
service routine (ISR) should reload the WWDG counter to avoid the WWDG
reset, then trigger the required actions.
Note:When the EWI interrupt cannot be served, e.g. due to a system lock
in a higher priority task, the WWDG reset will eventually be generated.
(+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
the WWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
on DBG_WWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG() macros
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
(+) Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window, counter value and Early Wakeup
Interrupt mode using using HAL_WWDG_Init() function.
This enables WWDG peripheral and the downcounter starts downcounting
from given counter value.
Init function can be called again to modify all watchdog parameters,
however if EWI mode has been set once, it can't be clear until next
reset.
(+) The application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset using
HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
the counter is lower than the window value already programmed.
(+) if Early Wakeup Interrupt mode is enable an interrupt is generated when
the counter reaches 0x40. User can add his own code in weak function
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback().
*** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
==================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check the selected WWDG's interrupt source.
(+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status.
(+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters
in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
(+) Initialize the WWDG MSP.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
* parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
if(hwwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode));
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
/* Set WWDG Counter */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter));
/* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the WWDG MSP.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @note When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added
* to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called
* again to change parameters.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Refresh the WWDG.
(+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Refresh the WWDG.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter));
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handle WWDG interrupt request.
* @note The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
* or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
* The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with
* EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE.
* When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
* generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
* be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
* logging), before resetting the device.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
{
/* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
{
/* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
/* Early Wakeup callback */
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef* hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_ll_delayblock.c
+190
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32h7xx_ll_delayblock.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.2.0
* @date 29-December-2017
* @brief DelayBlock Low Layer HAL module driver.
*
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Delay Block peripheral:
* + input clock frequency range 25MHz to 208MHz
* + up to 12 oversampling phases
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### DelayBlock peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Delay block is used to generate an Output clock which is de-phased from the Input
clock. The phase of the Output clock is programmed by FW. The Output clock is then used
to clock the receive data in i.e. a SDMMC or QSPI interface.
The delay is Voltage and Temperature dependent, which may require FW to do re-tuning
and recenter the Output clock phase to the receive data.
[..] The Delay Block features include the following:
(+) Input clock frequency range 25MHz to 208MHz.
(+) Up to 12 oversampling phases.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver is a considered as a driver of service for external devices drivers
that interfaces with the DELAY peripheral.
The DelayBlock_Enable() function, enables the DelayBlock instance, configure the delay line length
and configure the Output clock phase.
The DelayBlock_Disable() function, disables the DelayBlock instance by setting DEN flag to 0.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32h7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DELAYBLOCK_LL DELAYBLOCK_LL
* @brief Low layer module for Delay Block
* @{
*/
#if defined(HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DelayBlock_LL_Exported_Functions Delay Block Low Layer Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_DELAY_LL_Group1 Initialization de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the Delay Block instance.
* @param DLYBx: Pointer to DLYB instance.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef DelayBlock_Enable(DLYB_TypeDef *DLYBx)
{
uint32_t i=0,N=0, lng=0, tuningOn = 1;
assert_param(IS_DLYB_ALL_INSTANCE(DLYBx));
DLYBx->CR = DLYB_CR_DEN | DLYB_CR_SEN;
while((tuningOn != 0) && (i < DLYB_MAX_UNIT))
{
DLYBx->CFGR = 12 | (i << 8);
HAL_Delay(1);
if(((DLYBx->CFGR & DLYB_CFGR_LNGF) != 0)
&& ((DLYBx->CFGR & DLYB_CFGR_LNG) != 0)
&& ((DLYBx->CFGR & DLYB_CFGR_LNG) != (DLYB_CFGR_LNG_11 | DLYB_CFGR_LNG_10)))
{
tuningOn = 0;
}
i++;
}
if(DLYB_MAX_UNIT != i)
{
lng = (DLYBx->CFGR & DLYB_CFGR_LNG) >> 16;
N = 10;
while((N>0) && ((lng >> N) == 0))
{
N--;
}
if(0 != N)
{
MODIFY_REG(DLYBx->CFGR, DLYB_CFGR_SEL, ((N/2)+1));
/* Disable Selection phase */
DLYBx->CR = DLYB_CR_DEN;
return HAL_OK;
}
}
/* Disable DLYB */
DelayBlock_Disable(DLYBx);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Delay Block instance.
* @param DLYBx: Pointer to DLYB instance.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef DelayBlock_Disable(DLYB_TypeDef *DLYBx)
{
/* Disable DLYB */
DLYBx->CR = 0;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* (HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) & (HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED)*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_ll_fmc.c
+1099
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_ll_sdmmc.c
+1544
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40-h7/Drivers/STM32H7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32h7xx_ll_usb.c
+1699
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff